JP5167289B2 - Game machine - Google Patents

Game machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP5167289B2
JP5167289B2 JP2010004752A JP2010004752A JP5167289B2 JP 5167289 B2 JP5167289 B2 JP 5167289B2 JP 2010004752 A JP2010004752 A JP 2010004752A JP 2010004752 A JP2010004752 A JP 2010004752A JP 5167289 B2 JP5167289 B2 JP 5167289B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
display
game
wiring
special
movable
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
JP2010004752A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP2011142986A (en
Inventor
敏徳 竹渕
Original Assignee
株式会社ソフイア
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社ソフイア filed Critical 株式会社ソフイア
Priority to JP2010004752A priority Critical patent/JP5167289B2/en
Publication of JP2011142986A publication Critical patent/JP2011142986A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP5167289B2 publication Critical patent/JP5167289B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Description

本発明は、表示装置と、該表示装置の前面側で移動可能な可動装置を有する役物装置と、を備える遊技機に関する。   The present invention relates to a gaming machine including a display device and an accessory device having a movable device movable on the front side of the display device.

従来、複数の識別情報(図柄、記号など)を変動させる変動表示ゲームを表示する液晶表示装置などの表示装置を備えた遊技機がある。また、かかるパチンコ遊技機では、表示装置の前方で可動装置を上下動させる役物装置を備えたものが知られている。   2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there is a gaming machine including a display device such as a liquid crystal display device that displays a variable display game for changing a plurality of pieces of identification information (designs, symbols, and the like). In addition, such a pachinko gaming machine is known that includes an accessory device that moves the movable device up and down in front of the display device.

上記のような役物装置における一般的な可動装置は、その演出効果を高めるためにLED等の発光部材を有し、上下動しながら発光するようになっている。そして、可動装置には発光部材に電力を供給するための配線が接続され、その配線が可動装置の外部に延出している。このため、可動装置と配線とが干渉しないように可動装置の移動範囲を小さく抑えていた。そこで、役物装置(可動装置ユニット)を収納するケースに、可動装置(装飾可動体)の配線を係止する配線保持手段を備えた遊技機が提案されている(特許文献1参照)。このような構成によれば、可動装置と配線保持手段との間の配線の長さが一定となり、配線が可動装置の移動を妨げとなるのを防止することができる。   A general movable device in the above-mentioned accessory device has a light emitting member such as an LED in order to enhance the effect, and emits light while moving up and down. A wiring for supplying power to the light emitting member is connected to the movable device, and the wiring extends to the outside of the movable device. For this reason, the movable range of the movable device is kept small so that the movable device and the wiring do not interfere with each other. Therefore, a gaming machine has been proposed in which a case for storing an accessory device (movable device unit) is provided with a wiring holding means for locking the wiring of the movable device (decorative movable body) (see Patent Document 1). According to such a configuration, the length of the wiring between the movable device and the wiring holding means is constant, and the wiring can be prevented from obstructing the movement of the movable device.

特開2007−175174号公報JP 2007-175174 A

しかし、配線の配線保持手段への係止は製造者の手によって行われるので、配線の係止位置が機体毎に異なりやすく、そのことにより問題が生じる場合がある。例えば、配線保持手段と可動装置との間の配線が短すぎると、配線が届かなくなって可動装置が十分に移動しなくなるおそれがある。一方、配線保持手段と可動装置との間の配線が長すぎると、配線が可動装置に絡まってしまうおそれがあるだけでなく、余分に配線が必要となる。このため、製造者は、係止位置に十分考慮しながら配線を係止しなければならず、遊技機の製造に手間がかかってしまうという課題があった。   However, since the locking of the wiring to the wiring holding means is performed by the manufacturer's hand, the locking position of the wiring is easily different for each machine body, which may cause a problem. For example, if the wiring between the wiring holding means and the movable device is too short, the wiring may not reach and the movable device may not move sufficiently. On the other hand, if the wiring between the wiring holding means and the movable device is too long, not only may the wiring become tangled with the movable device, but extra wiring is required. For this reason, the manufacturer has to lock the wiring while fully considering the locking position, and there is a problem that it takes time to manufacture the gaming machine.

本発明の目的は、製造者が、配線の係止位置を考慮する必要が無く、かつ余分な配線を必要とすることなく製造できる遊技機を提供することである。 An object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that can be manufactured without requiring a manufacturer to consider the locking position of the wiring and without requiring an extra wiring.

以上の課題を解決するため、請求項1に記載の発明は、
前面に遊技領域を備える遊技盤と、
前記遊技盤に取り付けられる役物装置と、を有する遊技機において、
前記役物装置は、
前記遊技盤に取り付けられるフレームと、

電気部品を有し、第1の位置と第2の位置との間を前記フレームに対して移動可能に設けられる可動装置と、 A movable device having an electric component and provided so as to be movable with respect to the frame between the first position and the second position.
前記可動装置にその一端が接続される配線と、 The wiring to which one end is connected to the movable device,
前記第1の位置における前記可動装置と前記配線との接続部と、前記第2の位置における前記接続部とから略等距離となる位置に設けられ、前記配線を前記フレームの外側へと導出する配線導出部と、 It is provided at a position substantially equidistant from the connection portion between the movable device and the wiring at the first position and the connection portion at the second position, and the wiring is led out to the outside of the frame. Wiring derivation part and
前記可動装置の移動に伴う前記配線の移動を所定範囲に規制する規制部と、を備え A regulation unit that regulates the movement of the wiring accompanying the movement of the movable device within a predetermined range is provided .
前記配線導出部は、 The wiring derivation unit
前記フレームに立設され、前記可動装置から遠い側に位置する第1の起立壁と、前記可動装置から近い側に位置する第2の起立壁とを有し、 It has a first upright wall that is erected on the frame and is located on the side far from the movable device, and a second upright wall that is located on the side close to the movable device.
前記第1の起立壁の少なくとも一部と前記第2の起立壁の少なくとも一部とが所定間隔をおいて前記可動装置の移動方向に沿って対向する部位が生じるように前記第1の起立壁と前記第2の起立壁とを配置したことを特徴としている。 The first upright wall so that at least a part of the first upright wall and at least a part of the second upright wall face each other along the moving direction of the movable device at a predetermined interval. It is characterized in that and the second upright wall are arranged . In order to solve the above problems, the invention described in claim 1 In order to solve the above problems, the invention described in claim 1
A game board with a game area on the front, A game board with a game area on the front,
In a gaming machine having an accessory device attached to the gaming board, In a gaming machine having an accessory device attached to the gaming board,
The accessory device is: The accessory device is:
A frame attached to the game board; A frame attached to the game board;
A movable device having electrical parts and provided to be movable with respect to the frame between a first position and a second position; A movable device having electrical parts and provided to be movable with respect to the frame between a first position and a second position;
Wiring connected at one end to the movable device; Wiring connected at one end to the movable device;
Provided at a position that is approximately equidistant from the connecting portion between the movable device and the wiring at the first position and the connecting portion at the second position, and leads the wiring to the outside of the frame. A wiring derivation unit; Provided at a position that is approximately equidistant from the connecting portion between the movable device and the wiring at the first position and the connecting portion at the second position, and leads the wiring to the outside of the frame. A wiring derivation unit;
A regulation unit that regulates the movement of the wiring with the movement of the movable device to a predetermined range , A regulation unit that regulates the movement of the wiring with the movement of the movable device to a predetermined range ,
The wiring derivation unit is The wiring derivation unit is
A first standing wall standing on the frame and located on a side far from the movable device; and a second standing wall located on a side near the movable device; A first standing wall standing on the frame and located on a side far from the movable device; and a second standing wall located on a side near the movable device;
The first upright wall such that at least a part of the first upright wall and at least a part of the second upright wall are opposed to each other along a moving direction of the movable device at a predetermined interval. And the second upright wall are arranged . The first upright wall such that at least a part of the first upright wall and at least a part of the second upright wall are opposed to each other along a moving direction of the movable device at a predetermined interval. And the second upright wall are arranged ..

請求項1に記載の発明によれば、配線を可動装置の近傍で係止していない上、必要な配線の長さが予め決まっているので、製造者は配線の係止位置を考慮する必要がなく、配線処理に誤りが生じない。また、中央部から配線を導出しているため可動装置が移動範囲内を移動する場合でも、配線が余りすぎることがなく、可動装置に余剰配線が絡まる心配もない。   According to the first aspect of the present invention, since the wiring is not locked in the vicinity of the movable device and the length of the necessary wiring is determined in advance, the manufacturer needs to consider the locking position of the wiring. There is no error in wiring processing. Further, since the wiring is led out from the central portion, even when the movable device moves within the moving range, the wiring is not excessive, and there is no fear that the excessive wiring is entangled with the movable device.

また、請求項に記載の発明によれば、忍び返し領域によって針金などの不正行為を行うための部材が配線導出領域から可動装置の方向へ入りにくくすることができる。 Further , according to the first aspect of the present invention, it is possible to make it difficult for a member for performing a fraudulent act such as a wire to enter the direction of the movable device from the wiring lead-out region by the creeping region.

請求項に記載の発明は、請求項に記載の遊技機において、
前記第1の起立壁は、前記可動装置が配置されている側へ湾曲した湾曲部を有し、

前記役物装置は、前記可動装置を移動させるための電気的駆動源を更に備え、 The accessory device further comprises an electrical drive source for moving the movable device.
前記電気的駆動源は、前記第1の起立壁の湾曲部に前記第1の起立壁をガイドにして配置され、前記フレームに固定されていることを特徴としている。 The electric drive source is arranged at a curved portion of the first upright wall with the first upright wall as a guide, and is fixed to the frame. The invention according to claim 2 is the gaming machine according to claim 1 , The invention according to claim 2 is the gaming machine according to claim 1 ,
The first upright wall has a curved portion curved toward the side where the movable device is disposed, The first upright wall has a curved portion curved toward the side where the movable device is disposed,
The accessory device further includes an electric drive source for moving the movable device, The accessory device further includes an electric drive source for moving the movable device,
The electrical drive source is arranged on the curved portion of the first upright wall with the first upright wall as a guide, and is fixed to the frame. The electrical drive source is arranged on the curved portion of the first upright wall with the first upright wall as a guide, and is fixed to the frame.

請求項に記載の発明によれば、電気的駆動源の役物装置への取り付けが容易になる。 According to the second aspect of the present invention, it is easy to attach the electrical drive source to the accessory device.

請求項に記載の発明は、請求項に記載の遊技機において、
前記電気的駆動源は、前記第1の起立壁の前記可動装置が配置されている側と反対の側に固定され、

前記電気部品からの配線と前記電気的駆動源からの配線とが前記第1の起立壁によって隔てられていることを特徴としている。 It is characterized in that the wiring from the electric component and the wiring from the electric drive source are separated by the first upright wall. A third aspect of the present invention is the gaming machine according to the second aspect , A third aspect of the present invention is the gaming machine according to the second aspect ,
The electrical drive source is fixed to a side of the first standing wall opposite to the side on which the movable device is disposed; The electrical drive source is fixed to a side of the first standing wall opposite to the side on which the movable device is disposed;
The wiring from the electrical component and the wiring from the electrical drive source are separated by the first standing wall. The wiring from the electrical component and the wiring from the electrical drive source are separated by the first standing wall.

請求項に記載の発明によれば、第1の起立壁によって電気的駆動源の配線が可動装置が配置されている側に入り込むことを規制すると共に、可動装置に接続されている配線が移動することにより、可動装置の配線と電気的駆動源の配線とが絡まるのを防止することが出来る。 According to the third aspect of the present invention, the first standing wall restricts the wiring of the electric drive source from entering the side on which the movable device is disposed, and the wiring connected to the movable device moves. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the wiring of the movable device and the wiring of the electric drive source from being tangled.

請求項に記載の発明は、請求項に記載の遊技機において、
前記接続部に、前記可動装置の移動によって前記配線が前記接続部を中心として回動する範囲を規制する配線誘導部を備えことを特徴としている。
The invention according to claim 4 is the gaming machine according to claim 3 ,
The connecting portion, the wiring by the movement of the movable device is characterized by including a wire guide portion for restricting the range of rotation about said connection portion.

請求項に記載の発明によれば、可動装置に接続されている配線が移動する際に可動装置の配線が可動装置に絡まるのを防止することができる。 According to the fourth aspect of the present invention, it is possible to prevent the wiring of the movable device from being entangled with the movable device when the wiring connected to the movable device moves.

本発明によれば、製造者が、配線の係止位置を考慮する必要が無く、かつ余分な配線を必要とすることなく遊技機を製造することができる。
また、忍び返し領域によって針金などの不正行為を行うための部材が配線導出領域から可動装置の方向へ入りにくくすることができる。 In addition, the stealth area makes it difficult for a member for performing fraudulent acts such as a wire to enter the direction of the movable device from the wiring lead-out area. According to the present invention, it is not necessary for the manufacturer to consider the locking position of the wiring, and the gaming machine can be manufactured without requiring extra wiring. According to the present invention, it is not necessary for the manufacturer to consider the locking position of the wiring, and the gaming machine can be manufactured without requiring extra wiring.
Moreover, it is possible to make it difficult for a member for performing a fraudulent act such as a wire to enter the direction of the movable device from the wiring lead-out area by the creeping area. Moreover, it is possible to make it difficult for a member for performing a fraudulent act such as a wire to enter the direction of the movable device from the wiring lead-out area by the creeping area.

本発明の一実施形態の遊技機を前面側から見た正面図である。 It is the front view which looked at the gaming machine of one embodiment of the present invention from the front side. 本発明の一実施形態の遊技機の背面図である。 It is a rear view of the gaming machine of one embodiment of the present invention. 実施形態の遊技機を構成する遊技盤の構成例を示す正面図である。 It is a front view which shows the structural example of the game board which comprises the game machine of embodiment. 実施形態の遊技機の裏面に設けられる制御システム及び遊技制御装置の構成例を示すブロック図である。 It is a block diagram which shows the structural example of the control system and game control apparatus which are provided in the back surface of the game machine of embodiment. 図3の制御システムにおける演出制御装置の構成例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structural example of the presentation control apparatus in the control system of FIG. (a)は遊技機の遊技状態を説明するための状態遷移図、(b)は特図1変動表示ゲームにおける大当りの発生割合を示す図、(c)は特図2変動表示ゲームにおける大当りの発生割合を示す図である。 (A) is a state transition diagram for explaining the gaming state of the gaming machine, (b) is a diagram showing the occurrence ratio of jackpot in the special figure 1 variable display game, (c) is a jackpot in the special figure 2 variable display game It is a figure which shows the generation | occurrence | production ratio. 実施形態の遊技盤の構造を模式的に示す分解斜視図である。 It is a disassembled perspective view which shows typically the structure of the game board of embodiment. 実施形態の役物装置の構造を模式的に示す分解斜視図である。 It is a disassembled perspective view which shows the structure of the accessory apparatus of embodiment typically. 実施形態の側方入光表示装置の構造を模式的に示す分解斜視図である。 It is a disassembled perspective view which shows typically the structure of the side light incident display apparatus of embodiment. 実施形態のセンターケースが取り付けられた部分の断面構造を示す断面図である。 It is sectional drawing which shows the cross-section of the part to which the center case of embodiment was attached. 実施形態の側方入光表示装置の背面図である。 It is a rear view of the side light entrance display device of an embodiment. 実施形態の側方入光表示装置を構成するLEDユニットの構造を模式的に示す分解斜視図である。 It is a disassembled perspective view which shows typically the structure of the LED unit which comprises the side light-incidence display apparatus of embodiment. 実施形態の側方入光表示装置を構成するLEDユニットの一例を模式的に示す拡大説明図である。 It is an expansion explanatory view showing typically an example of the LED unit which constitutes the side light entrance display device of an embodiment. 実施形態の側方入光表示装置による発光表示の原理を説明するための図である。 It is a figure for demonstrating the principle of the light emission display by the side light-incidence display apparatus of embodiment. 実施形態の側方入光表示装置による発光表示の表示例を示す図である。 It is a figure which shows the example of a display of the light emission display by the side light incident display apparatus of embodiment. 実施形態のLEDユニットが取り付けられた部分の断面構造を示す断面図である。 It is sectional drawing which shows the cross-section of the part to which the LED unit of embodiment was attached. 実施形態の役物ベース部材を示す正面図である。 It is a front view which shows the accessory base member of embodiment. 図17の左上部を拡大して示した部分拡大図である。 It is the elements on larger scale which expanded and showed the upper left part of FIG. 図18に示した部分の斜視図である。 It is a perspective view of the part shown in FIG. セグ装置と配線導出部との位置関係を示す図である。 It is a figure which shows the positional relationship of a segment apparatus and a wiring derivation | leading-out part. 実施形態のセグ装置を示す正面図(a)と、セグ装置の分解斜視図(b)である。 It is the front view (a) which shows the seg apparatus of embodiment, and the disassembled perspective view (b) of a seg apparatus. 図21(b)の一部を拡大して示した部分拡大図である。 It is the elements on larger scale which expanded and showed a part of Drawing 21 (b). 実施形態のリフレクタとセグ基板のLEDとの対応関係を示す図(a)と、実施形態のセグ装置の縦断面図(b)である。 It is the figure (a) which shows the correspondence of the reflector of embodiment, and LED of a seg board | substrate, and the longitudinal cross-sectional view (b) of the seg apparatus of embodiment. 実施形態の役物装置を背面側から見た斜視図である。 It is the perspective view which looked at the accessory apparatus of embodiment from the back side. 実施形態のシャッター装置を示す正面図(a)と、シャッター装置の側面図(b)である。 It is the front view (a) which shows the shutter apparatus of embodiment, and the side view (b) of a shutter apparatus. 実施形態のシャッター装置の分解斜視図である。 It is a disassembled perspective view of the shutter device of the embodiment. 実施形態の役物装置の上部を示した縦断面図である。 It is the longitudinal cross-sectional view which showed the upper part of the accessory apparatus of embodiment. (a)はシャッター装置カバー部材を取り外した状態のシャッター装置を上から見た図、(b)はさらに第1〜第3ギア及び初期位置検出基板を取り外した状態のシャッター装置を上から見た図である。 (A) is a view of the shutter device with the shutter device cover member removed from the top, and (b) is a top view of the shutter device with the first to third gears and the initial position detection board removed. FIG. モータギアの回動角度と第1,第2シャッター飾り部材の回動角度との関係を示す図である。 It is a figure which shows the relationship between the rotation angle of a motor gear, and the rotation angle of a 1st, 2nd shutter decoration member. 実施形態のシャッター装置の変形例を示した図である。It is the figure which showed the modification of the shutter apparatus of embodiment. (a)はモータギアの回動角度が0度のときのシャッター装置の開閉状態を示す図、(b)はモータギアの回動角度が60度のときのシャッター装置の開閉状態を示す図、(c)はモータギアの回動角度が80度のときのシャッター装置の開閉状態を示す図である。(A) is a diagram showing the opening / closing state of the shutter device when the rotation angle of the motor gear is 0 degrees, (b) is a diagram showing the opening / closing state of the shutter device when the rotation angle of the motor gear is 60 degrees, (c) ) Is a diagram showing an open / close state of the shutter device when the rotation angle of the motor gear is 80 degrees. 実施形態の第1シャッター飾り部材及び第2シャッター飾り部材が全開の状態を示す図である。 It is a figure showing the state where the 1st shutter decoration member and the 2nd shutter decoration member of an embodiment are fully opened. 蓋揺れ制御処理を説明するためのフローチャートである。 It is a flowchart for demonstrating a lid shaking control process. 実施形態の下可動役物ユニットを示す斜視図である。 It is a perspective view which shows the lower movable accessory unit of embodiment. 実施形態の下可動役物ユニットの構造を模式的に示す分解斜視図である。 It is a disassembled perspective view which shows typically the structure of the lower movable accessory unit of embodiment. 実施形態の下可動役物裏面カバー部材を外した状態における下可動役物ユニットの背面図である。 It is a rear view of the lower movable accessory unit in the state where the lower movable accessory back cover member of the embodiment is removed. 実施形態の下可動役物ユニットが取り付けられた部分の断面構造を示す断面図である。 It is sectional drawing which shows the cross-section of the part to which the lower movable accessory unit of embodiment was attached. 実施形態のセンターケースのステージ部が配設された部分の概略を示す部分拡大図である。 It is the elements on larger scale which show the outline of the part by which the stage part of the center case of embodiment was arrange | positioned. 実施形態の役物装置の動作の流れの一例を示した図である。 It is the figure which showed an example of the flow of operation | movement of the accessory apparatus of embodiment. 実施形態の役物装置の動作の流れの一例を示した図である。 It is the figure which showed an example of the flow of operation | movement of the accessory apparatus of embodiment. 実施形態の役物装置の動作の流れの一例を示した図である。 It is the figure which showed an example of the flow of operation | movement of the accessory apparatus of embodiment. 実施形態の役物装置の動作の流れの一例を示した図である。 It is the figure which showed an example of the flow of operation | movement of the accessory apparatus of embodiment.

以下、本発明の好適な実施の形態を図面に基づいて説明する。
図1は、本発明の一実施形態の遊技機の説明図である。
DESCRIPTION OF EXEMPLARY EMBODIMENTS Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
FIG. 1 is an explanatory diagram of a gaming machine according to an embodiment of the present invention.

本実施形態の遊技機10は前面枠12を備え、該前面枠12は本体枠(外枠)11にヒンジ13を介して開閉回動可能に組み付けられている。遊技盤30(図3参照)は前面枠12の表側に形成された収納部(図示省略)に収納されている。また、前面枠(内枠)12には、遊技盤30の前面を覆うカバーガラス(透明部材)14を備えたガラス枠15が取り付けられている。   The gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment includes a front frame 12, and the front frame 12 is assembled to a main body frame (outer frame) 11 via a hinge 13 so as to be openable and closable. The game board 30 (see FIG. 3) is stored in a storage portion (not shown) formed on the front side of the front frame 12. Further, a glass frame 15 having a cover glass (transparent member) 14 covering the front surface of the game board 30 is attached to the front frame (inner frame) 12.

また、ガラス枠15の上部には、内部にランプ及びモータを内蔵した照明装置(ムービングライト)16や払出異常報知用のランプ(LED)17が設けられている。また、ガラス枠15の左右には内部にランプ等を内蔵し装飾や演出のための発光をする枠装飾装置18や、音響(例えば、効果音)を発するスピーカ(上スピーカ)19aが設けられている。さらに、前面枠12の下部にもスピーカ(下スピーカ)19bが設けられている。   Further, an illuminating device (moving light) 16 having a built-in lamp and motor and a lamp (LED) 17 for paying out abnormality notification are provided in the upper part of the glass frame 15. Further, on the left and right sides of the glass frame 15, there are provided a frame decoration device 18 with a built-in lamp and the like for emitting light for decoration and production, and a speaker (upper speaker) 19a for emitting sound (for example, sound effects). Yes. Further, a speaker (lower speaker) 19 b is also provided below the front frame 12.

また、前面枠12の下部には、図示しない打球発射装置に遊技球を供給する上皿21、遊技機10の裏面側に設けられている球払出装置84(図2参照)から払い出された遊技球が流出する上皿球出口(図示省略)、上皿21が一杯になった状態で払い出された遊技球を貯留する下皿23及び打球発射装置の操作部24等が設けられている。さらに、上皿21の上縁部には、遊技者からの操作入力を受け付けるための操作スイッチを内蔵した演出ボタン25が設けられている。また、上皿21には、上皿21に貯まった遊技球を下皿23に排出するための上皿球抜き機構22が設けられ、下皿23にも同様に、下皿23に貯まった遊技球を排出するための下皿球抜き機構26が設けられている。さらに、前面枠12下部右側には、前面枠12を開放したり施錠したりするための鍵27が設けられている。   In addition, the lower part of the front frame 12 was paid out from an upper plate 21 for supplying game balls to a not-shown hitting ball launcher and a ball payout device 84 (see FIG. 2) provided on the back side of the game machine 10. An upper tray ball outlet (not shown) through which game balls flow out, a lower plate 23 for storing game balls paid out in a state where the upper plate 21 is full, an operation unit 24 of a hitting ball launcher, and the like are provided. . Further, an effect button 25 having a built-in operation switch for receiving an operation input from the player is provided on the upper edge of the upper plate 21. Further, the upper plate 21 is provided with an upper plate ball removing mechanism 22 for discharging the game balls stored in the upper plate 21 to the lower plate 23, and the game stored in the lower plate 23 is similarly applied to the lower plate 23. A lower dish ball removing mechanism 26 for discharging the balls is provided. Further, a key 27 for opening and locking the front frame 12 is provided on the lower right side of the front frame 12.

この実施形態の遊技機10においては、遊技者が上記操作部24を回動操作することによって、打球発射装置が、上皿21から供給される遊技球を遊技盤30前面の遊技領域32に向かって発射する。また、遊技者が演出ボタン25を操作することによって、表示装置41(図3参照)における変動表示ゲーム(飾り特図変動表示ゲーム)において、遊技者の操作を介入させた演出等を行わせることができる。さらに、上皿21上方のガラス枠15の前面には、遊技者が隣接する球貸機から球貸しを受ける場合に操作する球貸ボタン28、球貸機のカードユニットからプリペイドカードを排出させるために操作する排出ボタン29、プリペイドカードの残高を表示する残高表示部(図示省略)等が設けられている。   In the gaming machine 10 of this embodiment, when the player rotates the operation unit 24, the hitting ball launching device directs the game ball supplied from the upper plate 21 toward the game area 32 on the front surface of the game board 30. And fire. In addition, when the player operates the effect button 25, an effect or the like in which the player's operation is intervened is performed in the variable display game (decoration special map variable display game) on the display device 41 (see FIG. 3). Can do. Further, on the front surface of the glass frame 15 above the upper plate 21, a ball lending button 28 operated when a player receives a ball lending from an adjacent ball lending machine, and a prepaid card is discharged from the card unit of the ball lending machine. A discharge button 29 for operating the balance, a balance display section (not shown) for displaying the balance of the prepaid card, and the like are provided.

図2には、遊技機10の裏面の構造が示されている。前面枠12の裏面上部には、払出し前の遊技球を貯留する貯留タンク81と外部への情報(例えば、賞球信号や貸球信号等)を出力する枠用外部出力基板71が設けられている。また、該貯留タンク81の底部には、緩やかな傾斜を有し遊技球を遊技機の一側へ向かって誘導するシュート82が接続され、シュート82の終端に、遊技球の流下方向を水平方向から垂直方向へ変換する屈曲流路装置83が接続されている。そして、この屈曲流路装置83の下端に駆動源を有する球払出装置84が配設され、該球払出装置84により所定数の遊技球を払出し可能に構成されている。   FIG. 2 shows the structure of the back surface of the gaming machine 10. A storage tank 81 for storing game balls before paying out and a frame external output substrate 71 for outputting information to the outside (for example, a winning ball signal, a rental signal, etc.) are provided on the upper rear surface of the front frame 12. Yes. In addition, a chute 82 having a gentle inclination and guiding the game ball toward one side of the gaming machine is connected to the bottom of the storage tank 81, and the flow direction of the game ball is set in the horizontal direction at the end of the chute 82. Is connected to a bent flow path device 83 for converting from the vertical direction to the vertical direction. A ball payout device 84 having a drive source is disposed at the lower end of the bent flow path device 83, and a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by the ball payout device 84.

さらに、前面枠12の裏面下部には、上記球払出装置84を制御する払出制御装置200、表示装置41における変動表示ゲームの演出の制御を行う演出制御装置300、払出制御装置200や演出制御装置300等を統括制御する遊技制御装置100、電源回路を有し払出制御装置200や演出制御装置300等に電源供給を行う電源装置400などが配設されている。
また、前面枠12の裏面下部には、外部への情報(例えば、図柄確定情報、大当り情報、確率変動情報等)を出力する盤用外部出力基板72、遊技機側とカードユニット側とで授受される信号を中継するカードユニット中継基板210等が設けられている。 Further, in the lower part of the back surface of the front frame 12, an external output board 72 for a board that outputs information to the outside (for example, symbol confirmation information, jackpot information, probability fluctuation information, etc.), and exchange between the game machine side and the card unit side. A card unit relay board 210 or the like for relaying the signal to be relayed is provided. Furthermore, at the lower back of the front frame 12, a payout control device 200 for controlling the ball payout device 84, an effect control device 300 for controlling the effect of the variable display game on the display device 41, a payout control device 200, and an effect control device. A game control device 100 that performs overall control of 300 and the like, a power supply device 400 that has a power supply circuit and supplies power to the payout control device 200, the effect control device 300, and the like are arranged. Furthermore, at the lower back of the front frame 12, a payout control device 200 for controlling the ball payout device 84, an effect control device 300 for controlling the effect of the variable display game on the display device 41, a payout control device 200 , and an effect control device. A game control device 100 that performs overall control of 300 and the like, a power supply device 400 that has a power supply circuit and supplies power to the payout control device 200, the effect control device 300, and the like are arranged.
In addition, at the lower part of the back surface of the front frame 12, an external board for board 72 for outputting information to the outside (for example, symbol confirmation information, jackpot information, probability variation information, etc.), exchanged between the gaming machine side and the card unit side A card unit relay board 210 or the like for relaying a signal to be transmitted is provided. In addition, at the lower part of the back surface of the front frame 12, an external board for board 72 for outputting information to the outside (for example, symbol confirmation information, jackpot information, probability variation information, etc.), exchanged between the gaming machine side and the card unit side A card unit relay board 210 or the like for relaying a signal to be transmitted is provided.

次に、遊技機10の前面に設けられる遊技盤30のうち遊技球によって遊技を行う遊技領域32の構成例を、図3を用いて説明する。
図3に示すように、遊技領域32は、略円形状のガイドレール31に囲繞されて構成される。 As shown in FIG. 3, the game area 32 is configured to be surrounded by a substantially circular guide rail 31. 遊技領域32には、ほぼ中央に特図変動表示ゲームの表示領域となる窓部40aを形成したセンターケース40が配置されている。 In the game area 32, a center case 40 having a window portion 40a formed as a display area for a special figure variation display game is arranged substantially in the center. このセンターケース40に形成された窓部40aの後方には、側方入光表示装置730(詳細後述)及び表示装置41が配されるようになっており、具体的には表示装置41の手前側に側方入光表示装置730が配されるようになっている。 Behind the window portion 40a formed in the center case 40, a side incoming light display device 730 (details will be described later) and a display device 41 are arranged, specifically, in front of the display device 41. A side incoming light display device 730 is arranged on the side. Next, a configuration example of the game area 32 in which a game is played with a game ball in the game board 30 provided on the front surface of the gaming machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. Next, a configuration example of the game area 32 in which a game is played with a game ball in the game board 30 provided on the front surface of the gaming machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG.
As shown in FIG. 3, the game area 32 is configured to be surrounded by a substantially circular guide rail 31. In the game area 32, a center case 40 having a window portion 40a serving as a display area for the special figure variation display game is disposed at substantially the center. A side light incident display device 730 (details will be described later) and a display device 41 are arranged behind the window portion 40a formed in the center case 40, and specifically, in front of the display device 41. A side light incident display device 730 is arranged on the side. As shown in FIG. 3, the game area 32 is configured to be surrounded by a substantially circular guide rail 31. In the game area 32, a center case 40 having a window portion 40a serving as a display area for the special figure variation display game is disposed at substantially the center. A side light incident display device 730 (details will be described later) and a display device 41 are arranged behind the window portion 40a formed in the center case 40, and specifically, in front of the display device 41. A side light incident display device 730 is arranged on the side.

表示装置41は、例えば、LCD(液晶表示器)、CRT(ブラウン管)等の表示画面を有する装置で構成されている。表示画面の画像を表示可能な領域(表示領域)には、複数の識別情報(特別図柄)や特図変動表示ゲームを演出するキャラクタや演出効果を高める背景画像等が表示される。表示装置41の表示画面においては、識別情報として割り当てられた複数の特別図柄が変動表示(可変表示)されて、特図変動表示ゲームに対応した飾り特図変動表示ゲームが行われる。また、表示画面には遊技の進行に基づく演出のための画像(例えば、大当たり表示画像、ファンファーレ表示画像、エンディング表示画像等)が表示される。   The display device 41 is configured by a device having a display screen such as an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) or a CRT (CRT). A plurality of pieces of identification information (special symbols), a character that produces a special figure variation display game, a background image that enhances the effect, and the like are displayed in an area (display area) in which an image of the display screen can be displayed. On the display screen of the display device 41, a plurality of special symbols assigned as identification information are variably displayed (variably displayed), and a decorative special figure variation display game corresponding to the special diagram variation display game is played. In addition, an image for an effect based on the progress of the game (for example, a jackpot display image, a fanfare display image, an ending display image, etc.) is displayed on the display screen.

遊技領域32のセンターケース40の右側には、普通図柄始動ゲート(普図始動ゲート)34が設けられている。センターケース40の左下側には、三つの一般入賞口35が配置され、センターケース40の右下側には、一つの一般入賞口35が配置されている。
これら一般入賞口35、…には、各一般入賞口35に入った遊技球を検出するための入賞口スイッチ35a〜35n(図4参照)が配設されている。
On the right side of the center case 40 in the game area 32, a normal symbol start gate (ordinary start gate) 34 is provided. Three general winning openings 35 are arranged on the lower left side of the center case 40, and one general winning opening 35 is arranged on the lower right side of the center case 40.
In each of the general winning awards 35,. In each of the general winning awards 35 ,.

また、センターケース40の下方には、特図変動表示ゲームの開始条件を与える始動入賞口36が設けられ、その直下には上部に逆「ハ」の字状に開いて遊技球が流入し易い状態に変換する一対の開閉部材37b、37bを備えるとともに内部に第2始動入賞口を有する普通変動入賞装置(普電)37が配設されている。   A start winning opening 36 is provided below the center case 40 for giving a start condition for the special figure variation display game, and a game ball easily flows into the upper portion by opening a reverse “C” shape at the top. An ordinary variable winning device (general power) 37 having a pair of opening / closing members 37b and 37b for converting into a state and having a second start winning port is disposed therein.

普通変動入賞装置37の一対の開閉部材37b,37bは、常時は遊技球の直径程度の間隔をおいた閉じた閉状態(遊技者にとって不利な状態)を保持している。ただし、普通変動入賞装置37の上方には、始動入賞口36が設けられているので、閉じた状態では遊技球が入賞できないようになっている。
そして、普図変動表示ゲームの結果が所定の停止表示態様となった場合には、駆動装置としての普電ソレノイド37c(図4参照)によって、逆「ハ」の字状に開いて普通変動入賞装置37に遊技球が流入し易い開状態(遊技者にとって有利な状態)に変化させられるようになっている。 Then, when the result of the normal fluctuation display game is in the predetermined stop display mode, the normal fluctuation prize is opened by the normal electric solenoid 37c (see FIG. 4) as a driving device to open in an inverted "C" shape. The device 37 can be changed to an open state (a state advantageous for the player) in which the game ball easily flows into the device 37. The pair of opening / closing members 37b, 37b of the normal variation winning device 37 always holds a closed state (a disadvantageous state for the player) with an interval of about the diameter of the game ball. However, since the start winning port 36 is provided above the normal variation winning device 37, the game ball cannot be won in the closed state. The pair of opening / closing members 37b, 37b of the normal variation winning device 37 always holds a closed state (a disadvantageous state for the player) with an interval of about the diameter of the game ball. However, since the start winning port 36 is provided above the normal variation winning device 37, the game ball cannot be won in the closed state.
Then, when the result of the normal variation display game becomes a predetermined stop display mode, it is opened in a reverse “C” shape by a general electric solenoid 37c (see FIG. 4) as a drive device, and a normal variation prize is won. The device 37 can be changed to an open state (a state advantageous to the player) in which a game ball easily flows. Then, when the result of the normal variation display game becomes a predetermined stop display mode, it is opened in a reverse “C” shape by a general electric solenoid 37c (see FIG. 4) as a drive device, and a normal variation prize is won. The device 37 can be changed to an open state (a state prize to the player) in which a game ball easily flows.

さらに、普通変動入賞装置37の下方には、特図変動表示ゲームの結果によって遊技球を受け入れない状態と受け入れ易い状態とに変換可能な特別変動入賞装置(大入賞口)38が配設されている。   Further, a special variable winning device (large winning mouth) 38 that can be converted into a state where a game ball is not accepted and a state where it is easy to accept depending on the result of the special figure changing display game is arranged below the normal variable winning device 37. Yes.

特別変動入賞装置38は、上端側が手前側に倒れる方向に回動して開放可能になっているアタッカ形式の開閉扉38cを有しており、補助遊技としての特図変動表示ゲームの結果如何によって大入賞口を閉じた状態(遊技者にとって不利な閉塞状態)から開放状態(遊技者にとって有利な状態)に変換する。
即ち、特別変動入賞装置38は、例えば、駆動装置としての大入賞口ソレノイド38b(図4参照)により駆動される開閉扉38cによって開閉される大入賞口を備え、特別遊技状態中は、大入賞口を閉じた状態から開いた状態に変換することにより大入賞口内への遊技球の流入を容易にさせ、遊技者に所定の遊技価値(賞球)を付与するようになっている。
なお、大入賞口の内部(入賞領域)には、当該大入賞口に入った遊技球を検出する検出手段としてのカウントスイッチ38a(図4参照)が配設されている。 Inside the large winning opening (winning area), a count switch 38a (see FIG. 4) is provided as a detection means for detecting the game ball that has entered the large winning opening.
特別変動入賞装置38の下方には、入賞口などに入賞しなかった遊技球を回収するアウト口39が設けられている。 Below the special variable winning device 38, an out opening 39 for collecting game balls that did not win in the winning opening or the like is provided. The special variation winning device 38 has an attacker-type open / close door 38c that can be opened by rotating in a direction in which the upper end side is tilted toward the near side, depending on the result of the special figure variation display game as an auxiliary game. The state is converted from a closed state (closed state unfavorable for the player) to an open state (a state advantageous to the player). The special variation winning device 38 has an attacker-type open / close door 38c that can be opened by rotating in a direction in which the upper end side is tilted toward the near side, depending on the result of the special figure variation display game as an auxiliary game. The state is converted from a closed state (closed state unfavorable for the player) to an open state (a state increased to the player).
In other words, the special variable winning device 38 includes, for example, a large winning opening that is opened and closed by an open / close door 38c that is driven by a large winning opening solenoid 38b (see FIG. 4) as a driving device. By converting the closed state from the closed state to the open state, the inflow of game balls into the special winning opening is facilitated, and a predetermined game value (prize ball) is given to the player. In other words, the special variable winning device 38 includes, for example, a large winning opening that is opened and closed by an open / close door 38c that is driven by a large winning opening solenoid 38b (see FIG. 4) as a driving device. By converting the closed state from the closed state to the open state, the inflow of game balls into the special winning opening is facilitated, and a predetermined game value (prize ball) is given to the player.
In addition, a count switch 38a (see FIG. 4) as a detecting means for detecting a game ball that has entered the big prize opening is disposed inside the big prize opening (winning area). In addition, a count switch 38a (see FIG. 4) as a detecting means for detecting a game ball that has entered the big prize opening is disposed inside the big prize opening (winning area).
Below the special variable winning device 38, there is provided an out port 39 for collecting game balls that have not won a winning port. Below the special variable winning device 38, there is provided an out port 39 for collecting game balls that have not won a winning port.

また、遊技領域32の外側(例えば、遊技盤30の上部)には、特図変動表示ゲームをなす第1特図変動表示ゲームや第2特図変動表示ゲーム及び普図始動ゲート34への入賞をトリガとする普図変動表示ゲームを一箇所で実行する一括表示装置50(図4参照)が設けられている。   Also, outside the game area 32 (for example, at the top of the game board 30), the first special figure fluctuation display game and the second special figure fluctuation display game that form the special figure fluctuation display game, and the winning for the normal figure start gate 34 are awarded. A collective display device 50 (see FIG. 4) is provided that executes a universal map change display game triggered by a single location.

一括表示装置50は、図示は省略するが、7セグメント型の表示器(LEDランプ)等で構成された第1特図変動表示ゲーム用の第1特図変動表示部(特図1表示器)及び第2特図変動表示ゲーム用の第2特図変動表示部(特図2表示器)と、普図変動表示ゲーム用の変動表示部(普図表示器)と、同じくLEDランプで構成された各変動表示ゲームの始動記憶数報知用の記憶表示部を備える。また、一括表示装置50には、大当りが発生すると点灯して大当り発生を報知する第1遊技状態表示部(第1遊技状態表示器)、時短状態が発生すると点灯して時短状態発生を報知する第2遊技状態表示部(第2遊技状態表示器)、遊技機10の電源投入時に大当りの確率状態が高確率状態となっているエラーを表示するエラー表示部、大当り時のラウンド数(特別変動入賞装置38の開閉回数)を表示するラウンド表示部が設けられている。   Although not shown in the figure, the collective display device 50 includes a first special figure fluctuation display unit (special figure 1 display) for a first special figure fluctuation display game configured by a 7-segment display (LED lamp) or the like. And a second special figure fluctuation display part (special figure 2 indicator) for the second special figure fluctuation display game, a fluctuation display part (general figure indicator) for the common figure fluctuation display game, and the same LED lamp. In addition, a memory display unit for informing the start memory number of each variable display game is provided. Further, the collective display device 50 is turned on when a big hit occurs, and a first gaming state display unit (first gaming state indicator) that notifies the occurrence of the big hit, and turns on when a short time state occurs to notify the occurrence of the short time state. Second game state display unit (second game state display), error display unit for displaying an error in which the probability state of jackpot is a high probability state when the gaming machine 10 is turned on, the number of rounds at the time of jackpot (special variation A round display unit for displaying the number of times the winning device 38 is opened and closed) is provided.

本実施形態の遊技機10では、図示しない発射装置から遊技領域32に向けて遊技球(パチンコ球)が打ち出されることによって遊技が行われる。打ち出された遊技球は、遊技領域32内の各所に配置された障害釘や風車等の方向転換部材によって転動方向を変えながら遊技領域32を流下し、普図始動ゲート34、一般入賞口35、始動入賞口36、普通変動入賞装置37又は特別変動入賞装置38に入賞するか、遊技領域32の最下部に設けられたアウト口39へ流入し遊技領域32から排出される。そして、一般入賞口35、始動入賞口36、普通変動入賞装置37又は特別変動入賞装置38に遊技球が入賞すると、入賞した入賞口の種類に応じた数の賞球が、払出制御装置200によって制御される球払出装置84から、前面枠12の上皿21又は下皿23に排出される。   In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, a game is played by launching a game ball (pachinko ball) from a launcher (not shown) toward the game area 32. The launched game balls flow down the game area 32 while changing the rolling direction by means of direction change members such as obstacle nails and windmills arranged at various locations in the game area 32, and the normal start gate 34 and the general winning opening 35 The winning prize opening 36, the normal variable prize winning device 37, or the special variable prize winning device 38 is won, or it flows into the out port 39 provided at the bottom of the game area 32 and is discharged from the game area 32. When a game ball wins the general winning opening 35, the start winning opening 36, the normal variation winning apparatus 37, or the special variable winning apparatus 38, the number of winning balls corresponding to the type of the winning opening is awarded by the payout control apparatus 200. From the controlled ball dispensing device 84, the front frame 12 is discharged to the upper plate 21 or the lower plate 23.

一方、普図始動ゲート34内には、該普図始動ゲート34を通過した遊技球を検出するための非接触型のスイッチなどからなるゲートスイッチ34a(図4参照)が設けられており、遊技領域32内に打ち込まれた遊技球が普図始動ゲート34内を通過すると、ゲートスイッチ34aにより検出されて普図変動表示ゲームが行われる。
また、普図変動表示ゲームを開始できない状態、例えば、既に普図変動表示ゲームが行われ、その普図変動表示ゲームが終了していない状態や、普図変動表示ゲームが当って普通変動入賞装置37が開状態に変換されている場合に、普図始動ゲート34を遊技球が通過すると、普図始動記憶数の上限数未満でならば、普図始動記憶数が加算(+1)されて普図始動記憶が1つ記憶されることとなる。 In addition, a state in which the normal figure fluctuation display game cannot be started, for example, a state in which the normal figure change display game has already been played and the normal figure change display game has not ended, or a state in which the normal figure change display game is hit and a normal change winning device is used. When the game ball passes through the normal figure start gate 34 when 37 is converted to the open state, if it is less than the upper limit of the normal figure start memory number, the normal figure start memory number is added (+1) and the normal figure start memory number is added (+1). Figure One start memory is stored. この普図始動入賞の記憶数は、一括表示装置50の始動入賞数報知用の記憶表示部に表示される。 The stored number of the starting prizes is displayed on the storage display unit for notifying the starting prizes of the batch display device 50.
また、普図始動記憶には、普図変動表示ゲームの当りはずれを決定するための当り判定用乱数値が記憶されるようになっていて、この当り判定用乱数値が判定値と一致した場合に、当該普図変動表示ゲームが当りとなって特定の結果態様(特定結果)が導出されることとなる。 In addition, when the hit determination random value for determining the hit / miss of the normal map variation display game is stored in the normal map start memory, and the hit determination random value matches the determination value. In addition, a specific result mode (specific result) is derived by winning the normal map variation display game. On the other hand, a gate switch 34a (see FIG. 4) including a non-contact type switch for detecting a game ball that has passed through the general diagram start gate 34 is provided in the general diagram start gate 34. When a game ball that has been driven into the area 32 passes through the usual figure start gate 34, it is detected by the gate switch 34a and a usual figure change display game is played. On the other hand, a gate switch 34a (see FIG. 4) including a non-contact type switch for detecting a game ball that has passed through the general diagram start gate 34 is provided in the general diagram start gate 34. When a game ball that has been driven into the area 32 passes through the usual figure start gate 34, it is detected by the gate switch 34a and a usual figure change display game is played.
In addition, the normal variation display game cannot be started, for example, the normal variation display game has already been played and the normal variation display game has not been completed, When 37 is converted to the open state and the game ball passes through the general figure start gate 34, if it is less than the upper limit of the normal figure start memory number, the general figure start memory number is added (+1) and the general figure start memory number is increased. One figure start memory is stored. The number of memorized start winning prizes is displayed on the memory display section for notifying the starting prize number of the collective display device 50. In addition, the normal variation display game cannot be started, for example, the normal variation display game has already been played and the normal variation display game has not been completed, When 37 is converted to the open state and the game ball passes through the general figure start gate 34, if it is less than the upper limit of the normal figure start memory number, the general figure start memory number is added (+1) and the general figure start memory number is increased. One figure start memory is stored. The number of memorized start winning prizes is displayed on the memory display section for notifying the starting prize number of the collective display device 50.
In addition, in the normal chart start memory, a random number value for hit determination for determining a hit error of the normal figure fluctuation display game is stored, and when the random number value for hit determination coincides with the determination value In addition, a specific result mode (specific result) is derived by hitting the common map fluctuation display game. In addition, in the normal chart start memory, a random number value for hit determination for determining a hit error of the normal figure fluctuation display game is stored, and when the random number value for hit determination coincides with the determination value In addition, a specific result mode (specific result) is derived by hitting the common map fluctuation display game.

普図変動表示ゲームは、一括表示装置50に設けられた変動表示部(普図表示器)で実行されるようになっている。普図表示器は、普通識別情報(普図、普通図柄)として点灯状態の場合に当たりを示し、消灯状態の場合にはずれを示すLEDから構成され、このLEDを点滅表示することで普通識別情報の変動表示を行い、所定の変動表示時間の経過後、LEDを点灯又は消灯することで結果を表示するようになっている。
なお、普通識別情報として例えば数字、記号、キャラクタ図柄などを用い、これを所定時間変動表示させた後、停止表示させることにより行うように構成しても良い。 It should be noted that, for example, numbers, symbols, character symbols, etc. may be used as ordinary identification information, and the information may be displayed by fluctuating for a predetermined time and then stopped. この普図変動表示ゲームの停止表示が特定結果となれば、普図の当りとなって、普通変動入賞装置37の一対の開閉部材37bが所定時間(例えば、0.3秒間)開放される開状態となる。 If the stop display of this normal fluctuation display game has a specific result, the pair of opening / closing members 37b of the normal fluctuation winning device 37 will be opened for a predetermined time (for example, 0.3 seconds) as a hit of the normal figure. It becomes a state. これにより、普通変動入賞装置37の内部の第2始動入賞口へ遊技球が入賞し易くなり、第2特図変動表示ゲームが実行される回数が多くなる。 As a result, it becomes easier for the game ball to win the second start winning opening inside the normal variable winning device 37, and the number of times the second special figure variable display game is executed increases. The usual map variation display game is executed by a variation display unit (common diagram display) provided in the collective display device 50. The general-purpose indicator is composed of LEDs indicating normal identification information (normal diagrams, normal symbols) in the lit state, and indicating a shift in the unlit state, and the normal identification information is displayed by blinking this LED. Fluctuation display is performed, and after a predetermined fluctuation display time has elapsed, the LED is turned on or off to display the result. The usual map variation display game is executed by a variation display unit (common diagram display) provided in the collective display device 50. The general-purpose indicator is composed of LEDs indicating normal identification information (normal diagrams, normal symbols) in the lit state , and indicating a shift in the unlit state, and the normal identification information is displayed by blinking this LED. Fluctuation display is performed, and after a predetermined variation display time has elapsed, the LED is turned on or off to display the result.
Note that, for example, numbers, symbols, character designs, and the like may be used as the normal identification information, which is displayed by variably displaying for a predetermined time and then stopped. If the stop display of the usual figure variation display game is a specific result, the pair of opening and closing members 37b of the ordinary fluctuation winning device 37 is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 0.3 seconds). It becomes a state. This makes it easier for the game ball to win the second start winning opening inside the normal fluctuation winning device 37, and the number of times the second special figure changing display game is executed increases. Note that, for example, numbers, symbols, character designs, and the like may be used as the normal identification information, which is displayed by variably displaying for a predetermined time and then stopped. If the stop display of the usual figure variation display game is a specific result, the pair of opening and closing members 37b of the ordinary fluctuation winning device 37 is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 0.3 seconds). It becomes a state. This makes it easier for the game ball to win the second start winning opening inside the normal fluctuation winning device 37, and the number of times the second special figure changing display game is executed increases.

普図始動ゲート34への通過検出時に抽出した普図乱数値が当たり値であるときには、普図表示器に表示される普通図柄が当たり状態で停止し、当たり状態となる。このとき、普通変動入賞装置37は、内蔵されている普電ソレノイド37c(図4参照)が駆動されることにより、開閉部材37bが所定の時間(例えば、0.3秒間)だけ開放する状態に変換され、遊技球の入賞が許容される。   When the random number value extracted at the time of detection of the passage to the general figure start gate 34 is a winning value, the normal symbol displayed on the universal figure display device stops in the hit state and enters the hit state. At this time, the normal variation winning device 37 is in a state in which the open / close member 37b is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 0.3 seconds) by driving the built-in general-purpose solenoid 37c (see FIG. 4). It is converted and the winning of the game ball is allowed.

始動入賞口36への入賞球及び普通変動入賞装置37への入賞球は、それぞれは内部に設けられた始動口1スイッチ36aと始動口2スイッチ37aによって検出される。始動入賞口36へ入賞した遊技球は第1特図変動表示ゲームの始動入賞球として検出され、4個を限度に記憶されるとともに、普通変動入賞装置37へ入賞した遊技球は第2特図変動表示ゲームの始動入賞球として検出され、4個を限度に記憶される。また、この始動入賞球の検出時にそれぞれ大当り乱数値や大当り図柄乱数値、並びに各変動パターン乱数値が抽出され、抽出された乱数値は、遊技制御装置100(図4参照)内の特図記憶領域(RAMの一部)に特図始動記憶として各々所定回数(例えば、最大で4回分)を限度に記憶される。そして、この特図始動記憶の記憶数は、一括表示装置50の始動入賞数報知用の記憶表示部に表示されるとともに、センターケース40の表示装置41においても表示される。   The winning ball to the starting winning port 36 and the winning ball to the normal variation winning device 37 are respectively detected by the starting port 1 switch 36a and the starting port 2 switch 37a provided inside. The game balls won at the start winning opening 36 are detected as the start winning balls of the first special figure variable display game, and are stored in a limit of four, and the game balls won at the normal variable prize winning device 37 are the second special figure. It is detected as the start winning ball of the variable display game and is stored up to four. In addition, when the starting winning ball is detected, a big hit random number value, a big hit symbol random number value, and each variation pattern random number value are extracted, and the extracted random number value is stored in a special figure memory in the game control device 100 (see FIG. 4). Each area (a part of the RAM) is stored as a special figure start memory for a predetermined number of times (for example, a maximum of four times). The number stored in the special chart start memory is displayed on the memory display section for notifying the start winning number of the collective display device 50 and also displayed on the display device 41 of the center case 40.

遊技制御装置100は、始動入賞口36若しくは普通変動入賞装置37への入賞、又はそれらの始動記憶に基づいて、特図1表示器又は特図2表示器で第1又は第2特図変動表示ゲームを行う。
第1特図変動表示ゲーム及び第2特図変動表示ゲームは、複数の特別図柄(特図、識別情報)を変動表示したのち、所定の結果態様を停止表示することで行われる。また、表示装置41にて各特図変動表示ゲームに対応して複数種類の識別情報(例えば、数字、記号、キャラクタ図柄など)を変動表示させる飾り特図変動表示ゲームが実行されるようになっている。
そして、特図変動表示ゲームの結果として、特図1表示器若しくは特図2表示器の表示態様が特別結果態様となった場合には、大当りとなって特別遊技状態(いわゆる、大当り状態)となる。 Then, as a result of the special figure variation display game, when the display mode of the special figure 1 display or the special figure 2 display becomes a special result mode, it becomes a big hit and becomes a special game state (so-called big hit state). Become. また、これに対応して表示装置41の表示態様も特別結果態様となる。 Correspondingly, the display mode of the display device 41 is also a special result mode. The game control device 100 displays the first or second special figure variation display on the special figure 1 display or the special figure 2 display on the basis of the winning at the start winning opening 36 or the normal variable prize winning device 37 or the start memory thereof. Play the game. The game control device 100 displays the first or second special figure variation display on the special figure 1 display or the special figure 2 display on the basis of the winning at the start winning opening 36 or the normal variable prize winning device 37 or the start memory thereof. Play the game.
The first special figure fluctuation display game and the second special figure fluctuation display game are performed by variably displaying a plurality of special symbols (special figures, identification information) and then stopping and displaying a predetermined result form. In addition, a decorative special figure fluctuation display game for displaying a plurality of types of identification information (for example, numbers, symbols, character designs, etc.) corresponding to each special figure fluctuation display game on the display device 41 is executed. ing. The first special figure fluctuation display game and the second special figure fluctuation display game are performed by variably displaying a plurality of special symbols (special figures, identification information) and then stopping and displaying a predetermined result form. In addition, a decorative special figure fluctuation display game for displaying a plurality of types of identification information (for example, numbers, symbols, character designs, etc.) corresponding to each special figure fluctuation display game on the display device 41 is executed. Ing.
As a result of the special figure variation display game, when the display form of the special figure 1 display or the special figure 2 display becomes a special result form, it becomes a big hit and a special game state (so-called big hit state). Become. Correspondingly, the display mode of the display device 41 is also a special result mode. As a result of the special figure variation display game, when the display form of the special figure 1 display or the special figure 2 display becomes a special result form, it becomes a big hit and a special game state (so-called big hit state) ). Become. Correspondingly, the display mode of the display device 41 is also a special result mode.

表示装置41における飾り特図変動表示ゲームは、例えば前述した数字等で構成される飾り特別図柄(識別情報)が左(第一特別図柄)、右(第二特別図柄)、中(第三特別図柄)の順に変動表示を開始して、所定時間後に変動している図柄を順次停止させて、特図変動表示ゲームの結果を表示することで行われる。また、表示装置41では、特図始動記憶数に対応する飾り特別図柄による変動表示ゲームを行うとともに、興趣向上のためにキャラクタの出現など多様な演出表示が行われる。   In the decorative special symbol variation display game on the display device 41, for example, the decorative special symbol (identification information) composed of the above-described numbers is left (first special symbol), right (second special symbol), middle (third special symbol). The variation display is started in the order of symbols), the symbols that have been varied after a predetermined time are sequentially stopped, and the result of the special symbol variation display game is displayed. In addition, the display device 41 performs a variable display game with a decorative special symbol corresponding to the number of special figure starting memories, and various effect displays such as the appearance of a character are performed to improve interest.

なお、特図1表示器、特図2表示器は、別々の表示器でも良いし同一の表示器でも良いが、各々独立して、また、同時には実行しないように各特図変動表示ゲームが表示される。また、表示装置41も、第1特図変動表示ゲームと第2特図変動表示ゲームで別々の表示装置や別々の表示領域を使用するとしても良いし、同一の表示装置や表示領域を使用するとしても良いが、各々独立して、また、同時には実行しないように飾り特図変動表示ゲームが表示される。また、遊技機10に特図1表示器、特図2表示器を備えずに、表示装置41のみで特図変動表示ゲームを実行するようにしても良い。
また、第2特図変動表示ゲームは、第1特図変動表示ゲームよりも優先して実行されるようになっている。 In addition, the second special figure variation display game is executed with priority over the first special figure variation display game. 即ち、第1特図変動表示ゲームと第2特図変動表示ゲームの始動記憶がある場合であって、特図変動表示ゲームの実行が可能となった場合は、第2特図変動表示ゲームが実行されるようになっている。 That is, if there is a memory of starting the first special figure variation display game and the second special figure variation display game, and the special figure variation display game can be executed, the second special figure variation display game is played. It is supposed to be executed. Note that the special figure 1 display and the special figure 2 display may be separate displays or the same display, but each special figure variation display game is not to be executed independently or simultaneously. Is displayed. In addition, the display device 41 may use different display devices and different display areas in the first special map variable display game and the second special map variable display game, or use the same display device and display area. However, the decoration special figure variation display game is displayed so as not to be executed independently or simultaneously. Further, the special game variable display game may be executed only by the display device 41 without providing the game machine 10 with the special map 1 display and the special map 2 display. Note that the special figure 1 display and the special figure 2 display may be separate displays or the same display, but each special figure variation display game is not to be executed independently or simultaneously. Is displayed. In addition, the display device 41 may use However, the decoration special figure variation display game is displayed so as not to be. Different display devices and different display areas in the first special map variable display game and the second special map variable display game, or use the same display device and display area. executed independently or simultaneously. Further, the special game variable display game may be executed only by the display device 41 without providing the game machine 10 with the special map 1 display and the special map 2 display.
Further, the second special figure variation display game is executed with priority over the first special figure variation display game. That is, if there is a start memory of the first special figure fluctuation display game and the second special figure fluctuation display game, and the execution of the special figure fluctuation display game becomes possible, the second special figure fluctuation display game is It is supposed to be executed. Further, the second special figure variation display game is executed with priority over the first special figure variation display game. That is, if there is a start memory of the first special figure fluctuation display game and the second special figure variation display game, and the execution of the special figure fluctuation display game becomes possible, the second special figure fluctuation display game is It is supposed to be executed.

また、第1特図変動表示ゲーム(第2特図変動表示ゲーム)が開始可能な状態で、且つ、始動記憶数が0の状態で、始動入賞口36(若しくは、普通変動入賞装置37)に遊技球が入賞すると、始動権利の発生に伴って始動記憶が記憶されて、始動記憶数が1加算されるととともに、直ちに始動記憶に基づいて、第1特図変動表示ゲーム(第2特図変動表示ゲーム)が開始され、この際に始動記憶数が1減算される。
一方、第1特図変動表示ゲーム(第2特図変動表示ゲーム)が直ちに開始できない状態、例えば、既に第1若しくは第2特図変動表示ゲームが行われ、その特図変動表示ゲームが終了していない状態や、特別遊技状態となっている場合に、始動入賞口36(若しくは、普通変動入賞装置37)に遊技球が入賞すると、始動記憶数が上限数未満ならば、始動記憶数が1加算されて始動記憶が1つ記憶されることになる。 On the other hand, a state in which the first special figure variation display game (second special figure variation display game) cannot be started immediately, for example, the first or second special figure variation display game has already been played, and the special figure variation display game ends. If the game ball wins the start winning opening 36 (or the normal variable winning device 37) when the game is not in the game state or in the special game state, and the starting memory number is less than the upper limit, the starting memory number is 1. It is added and one start memory is stored. そして、始動記憶数が1以上となった状態で、第1特図変動表示ゲーム(第2特図変動表示ゲーム)が開始可能な状態(前回の特図変動表示ゲームの終了若しくは特別遊技状態の終了)となると、始動記憶数が1減算されるとともに、記憶された始動記憶に基づいて第1特図変動表示ゲーム(第2特図変動表示ゲーム)が開始される。 Then, in a state where the start memory number is 1 or more, the first special figure variation display game (second special figure variation display game) can be started (the end of the previous special figure variation display game or the special game state). At the end), the start memory number is decremented by 1, and the first special figure variation display game (second special figure variation display game) is started based on the stored start memory.
なお、以下の説明において、第1特図変動表示ゲームと第2特図変動表示ゲームを区別しない場合は、単に特図変動表示ゲームと称する。 In the following description, when the first special figure variation display game and the second special figure variation display game are not distinguished, they are simply referred to as a special figure variation display game. In addition, in the state where the first special figure fluctuation display game (second special figure fluctuation display game) can be started and the number of start memories is zero, the start winning opening 36 (or the normal fluctuation prize winning device 37) is entered. When the game ball wins, the start memory is stored as the start right is generated, the start memory number is incremented by 1, and the first special figure variation display game (second special figure) is immediately added based on the start memory. (Variable display game) is started, and at this time, the start memory number is decremented by one. In addition, in the state where the first special figure fluctuation display game (second special figure fluctuation display game) can be started and the number of start memories is zero, the start winning opening 36 (or the normal fluctuation prize winning device 37) is when the game ball wins, the start memory is stored as the start right is generated, the start memory number is incremented by 1, and the first special figure variation display game (second special figure) is immediately added based on the start memory (Variable display game) is started, and at this time, the start memory number is decremented by one.
On the other hand, a state in which the first special figure fluctuation display game (second special figure fluctuation display game) cannot be started immediately, for example, the first or second special figure fluctuation display game has already been performed, and the special figure fluctuation display game has ended. If the game ball is won in the start winning opening 36 (or the normal variable prize winning device 37) in a state that is not in the special game state or in the special game state, the start memory number is 1 if the start memory number is less than the upper limit number. By adding, one start memory is stored. Then, in a state where the starting memory number becomes 1 or more, a state in which the first special figure fluctuation display game (second special figure fluctuation display game) can be started (the end of the previous special figure fluctuation display game or the special game state) (End), the start memory number is decremented by 1, and the first On the other hand, a state in which the first special figure fluctuation display game (second special figure fluctuation display game) cannot be started immediately, for example, the first or second special figure fluctuation display game has already been performed, and the special figure fluctuation display game has ended. If the game ball is won in the start winning opening 36 (or the normal variable prize winning device 37) in a state that is not in the special game state or in the special game state, the start memory number Is 1 if the start memory number is less than the upper limit number. By adding, one start memory is stored. Then, in a state where the starting memory number becomes 1 or more, a state in which the first special figure fluctuation display game (second special figure fluctuation display game) can be started (the end of the previous special figure fluctuation display game or the special game state) (End), the start memory number is decremented by 1, and the first special figure fluctuation display game (second special figure fluctuation display game) is started based on the stored start memory. special figure fluctuation display game (second special figure fluctuation display game) is started based on the stored start memory.
In the following description, when the first special figure fluctuation display game and the second special figure fluctuation display game are not distinguished, they are simply referred to as a special figure fluctuation display game. In the following description, when the first special figure fluctuation display game and the second special figure fluctuation display game are not distinguished, they are simply referred to as a special figure fluctuation display game.

なお、特に限定されるわけではないが、上記始動入賞口36内の始動口1スイッチ36a、普通変動入賞装置37内の始動口2スイッチ37a、ゲートスイッチ34a、一般入賞口スイッチ35a〜35n、カウントスイッチ38aには、磁気検出用のコイルを備え該コイルに金属が近接すると磁界が変化する現象を利用して遊技球を検出する非接触型の磁気近接センサ(以下、近接スイッチと称する)が使用されている。遊技機10のガラス枠15等に設けられた前枠開放検出スイッチ63や前面枠(遊技枠)12等に設けられた遊技枠開放検出スイッチ64には、機械的な接点を有するマイクロスイッチを用いることができる。   Although not particularly limited, the starting port 1 switch 36a in the starting winning port 36, the starting port 2 switch 37a in the normal variable winning device 37, the gate switch 34a, the general winning port switches 35a to 35n, the count The switch 38a is a non-contact type magnetic proximity sensor (hereinafter referred to as a proximity switch) that includes a magnetic detection coil and detects a game ball using a phenomenon in which a magnetic field changes when a metal approaches the coil. Has been. A micro switch having a mechanical contact is used for the front frame opening detection switch 63 provided on the glass frame 15 or the like of the gaming machine 10 or the game frame opening detection switch 64 provided on the front frame (game frame) 12 or the like. be able to.

図4は、本実施形態のパチンコ遊技機10の制御システムのブロック図である。
遊技機10は遊技制御装置100を備え、遊技制御装置100は、遊技を統括的に制御する主制御装置(主基板)であって、遊技用マイクロコンピュータ(以下、遊技用マイコンと称する)111を有するCPU部110と、入力ポートを有する入力部120と、出力ポートやドライバなどを有する出力部130、CPU部110と入力部120と出力部130との間を接続するデータバス140などからなる。
FIG. 4 is a block diagram of a control system of the pachinko gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment.
The gaming machine 10 includes a game control device 100. The game control device 100 is a main control device (main board) for comprehensively controlling games, and a gaming microcomputer (hereinafter referred to as a gaming microcomputer) 111 is provided. The CPU unit 110 includes an input unit 120 having an input port, an output unit 130 having an output port, a driver, and the like, and a data bus 140 connecting the CPU unit 110, the input unit 120, and the output unit 130. The gaming machine 10 includes a game control device 100. The game control device 100 is a main control device (main board) for comprehensively controlling games, and a gaming microcomputer (hereinafter referred to as a gaming microcomputer) 111 is provided. The CPU unit 110 includes an input unit 120 having an input port, an output unit 130 having an output port, a driver, and the like, and a data bus 140 connecting the CPU unit 110, the input unit 120, and the output unit 130.

上記CPU部110は、アミューズメントチップ(IC)と呼ばれる遊技用マイコン(CPU)111と、入力部120内の近接スイッチ用のインタフェースチップ(近接I/F)121からの信号(始動入賞検出信号)を論理反転して遊技用マイコン111に入力させるインバータなどからなる反転回路112と、水晶振動子のような発振子を備え、CPUの動作クロックやタイマ割込み、乱数生成回路の基準となるクロックを生成する発振回路(水晶発振器)113などを有する。遊技制御装置100及び該遊技制御装置100によって駆動されるソレノイドやモータなどの電子部品には、電源装置400で生成されたDC32V,DC12V,DC5Vなど所定のレベルの直流電圧が供給されて動作可能にされる。   The CPU section 110 receives signals (starting winning detection signals) from a gaming microcomputer (CPU) 111 called an amusement chip (IC) and a proximity switch interface chip (proximity I / F) 121 in the input section 120. An inversion circuit 112 composed of an inverter or the like that is logically inverted and input to the gaming microcomputer 111 and an oscillator such as a crystal oscillator are provided to generate a clock for a CPU operation clock, a timer interrupt, and a random number generation circuit. An oscillation circuit (crystal oscillator) 113 is included. The game control device 100 and electronic components such as a solenoid and a motor driven by the game control device 100 are supplied with a predetermined level of DC voltage such as DC32V, DC12V, and DC5V generated by the power supply device 400 so as to be operable. Is done.

電源装置400は、24Vの交流電源から上記DC32Vの直流電圧を生成するAC−DCコンバータやDC32Vの電圧からDC12V,DC5Vなどのより低いレベルの直流電圧を生成するDC−DCコンバータなどを有する通常電源部410と、遊技用マイコン111の内部のRAMに対して停電時に電源電圧を供給するバックアップ電源部420と、停電監視回路や初期化スイッチを有し遊技制御装置100に停電の発生、回復を知らせる停電監視信号や初期化スイッチ信号、リセット信号などの制御信号を生成して出力する制御信号生成部430などを備える。   The power supply apparatus 400 includes a normal power supply including an AC-DC converter that generates the DC 32V DC voltage from a 24V AC power source, a DC-DC converter that generates a lower level DC voltage such as DC 12V and DC 5V from the DC 32V voltage, and the like. Unit 410, backup power supply unit 420 for supplying power supply voltage to the internal RAM of gaming microcomputer 111 in the event of a power failure, and a power failure monitoring circuit and an initialization switch to inform gaming control device 100 of the occurrence and recovery of power failure A control signal generation unit 430 that generates and outputs control signals such as a power failure monitoring signal, an initialization switch signal, and a reset signal is provided.

この実施形態では、電源装置400は、遊技制御装置100と別個に構成されているが、バックアップ電源部420及び制御信号生成部430は、別個の基板上あるいは遊技制御装置100と一体、即ち、主基板上に設けるように構成してもよい。遊技盤30及び遊技制御装置100は機種変更の際に交換の対象となるので、実施例のように、電源装置400若しくは主基板とは別の基板にバックアップ電源部420及び制御信号生成部430を設けることにより、交換の対象から外しコストダウンを図ることができる。   In this embodiment, the power supply device 400 is configured separately from the game control device 100, but the backup power supply unit 420 and the control signal generation unit 430 are integrated on a separate board or the game control device 100, that is, the main control device 100. You may comprise so that it may provide on a board | substrate. Since the game board 30 and the game control device 100 are to be replaced when the model is changed, the backup power supply unit 420 and the control signal generation unit 430 are provided on a board different from the power supply apparatus 400 or the main board as in the embodiment. By providing, it can remove from the object of replacement | exchange and can aim at cost reduction.

上記バックアップ電源部420は、電解コンデンサのような大容量のコンデンサ1つで構成することができる。バックアップ電源は、遊技制御装置100の遊技用マイコン111(特に内蔵RAM)に供給され、停電中あるいは電源遮断後もRAMに記憶されたデータが保持されるようになっている。制御信号生成部430は、例えば通常電源部410で生成された32Vの電圧を監視してそれが例えば17V以下に下がると停電発生を検出して停電監視信号を変化させるとともに、所定時間後にリセット信号を出力する。また、電源投入時や停電回復時にもその時点から所定時間経過後にリセット信号を出力する。   The backup power supply unit 420 can be composed of one large-capacity capacitor such as an electrolytic capacitor. The backup power is supplied to the game microcomputer 111 (particularly, the built-in RAM) of the game control device 100, and the data stored in the RAM is held even during a power failure or after the power is shut off. The control signal generation unit 430 monitors the voltage of 32V generated by the normal power supply unit 410, for example, detects the occurrence of a power failure when the voltage drops below 17V, for example, changes the power failure monitoring signal, and resets the signal after a predetermined time. Is output. In addition, a reset signal is output after a predetermined time has elapsed from the time when the power is turned on or the power is restored.

初期化スイッチ信号は初期化スイッチがオン状態にされたときに生成される信号で、遊技用マイコン111内のRAM111C及び払出制御装置200内のRAMに記憶されている情報を強制的に初期化する。特に限定されるわけではないが初期化スイッチ信号は電源投入時に読み込まれ、停電監視信号は遊技用マイコン111が実行するメインプログラムのメインループの中で繰り返し読み込まれる。リセット信号は強制割込み信号の一種であり、制御システム全体をリセットさせる。   The initialization switch signal is a signal generated when the initialization switch is turned on, and forcibly initializes information stored in the RAM 111C in the gaming microcomputer 111 and the RAM in the payout control device 200. . Although not particularly limited, the initialization switch signal is read when the power is turned on, and the power failure monitoring signal is repeatedly read in the main loop of the main program executed by the gaming microcomputer 111. The reset signal is a kind of forced interrupt signal and resets the entire control system.

遊技用マイコン111は、CPU(中央処理ユニット:マイクロプロセッサ)111A、読出し専用のROM(リードオンリメモリ)111B及び随時読出し書込み可能なRAM(ランダムアクセスメモリ)111Cを備える。   The gaming microcomputer 111 includes a CPU (central processing unit: microprocessor) 111A, a read-only ROM (read-only memory) 111B, and a RAM (random access memory) 111C that can be read and written as needed.

ROM111Bは、遊技制御のための不変の情報(プログラム、固定データ、各種乱数の判定値等)を不揮発的に記憶し、RAM111Cは、遊技制御時にCPU111Aの作業領域や各種信号や乱数値の記憶領域として利用される。ROM111B又はRAM111Cとして、EEPROMのような電気的に書換え可能な不揮発性メモリを用いてもよい。   The ROM 111B stores invariant information (programs, fixed data, various random number judgment values, etc.) for game control in a nonvolatile manner, and the RAM 111C stores a work area for the CPU 111A and various signals and random number values during game control. Used as As the ROM 111B or the RAM 111C, an electrically rewritable nonvolatile memory such as an EEPROM may be used.

また、ROM111Bは、例えば、特図変動表示ゲームの実行時間、演出内容、リーチ状態の発生の有無などを規定する変動パターンを決定するための変動パターンテーブルを記憶している。
変動パターンテーブルとは、始動記憶として記憶されている変動パターン乱数1〜3をCPU111Aが参照して変動パターンを決定するためのテーブルである。 The variation pattern table is a table for the CPU 111A to refer to the variation pattern random numbers 1 to 3 stored as the start memory to determine the variation pattern. また、変動パターンテーブルには、結果がはずれとなる場合に選択されるはずれ変動パターンテーブル、結果が15R当りや2R当りとなる場合に選択される大当り変動パターンテーブル等が含まれる。 Further, the fluctuation pattern table includes a missed fluctuation pattern table selected when the result is missed, a jackpot fluctuation pattern table selected when the result is per 15R or 2R, and the like. さらに、これらのパターンテーブルには、後半変動パターンテーブル、前半変動パターンテーブルが含まれている。 Further, these pattern tables include a latter half variation pattern table and a first half variation pattern table. In addition, the ROM 111B stores a variation pattern table for determining a variation pattern that defines, for example, the execution time of the special figure variation display game, the production contents, and the presence or absence of the reach state. In addition, the ROM 111B stores a variation pattern table for determining a variation pattern that defines, for example, the execution time of the special figure variation display game, the production contents, and the presence or absence of the reach state.
The variation pattern table is a table for the CPU 111A to determine the variation pattern by referring to the variation pattern random numbers 1 to 3 stored as the start memory. Further, the fluctuation pattern table includes a loss fluctuation pattern table selected when the result is lost, a big hit fluctuation pattern table selected when the result is per 15R or 2R, and the like. Further, these pattern tables include a second half variation pattern table and a first half variation pattern table. The variation pattern table is a table for the CPU 111A to determine the variation pattern by referring to the variation pattern random numbers 1 to 3 stored as the start memory. Further, the fluctuation pattern table includes a loss fluctuation pattern table selected when the result is lost, a big hit fluctuation pattern table selected when the result is per 15R or 2R, and the like. Further, these pattern tables include a second half variation pattern table and a first half variation pattern table.

また、リーチ(リーチ状態)とは、表示状態が変化可能な表示装置を有し、該表示装置が時期を異ならせて複数の表示結果を導出表示し、該複数の表示結果が予め定められた特別結果態様となった場合に、遊技状態が遊技者にとって有利な遊技状態(特別遊技状態)となる遊技機10において、複数の表示結果の一部がまだ導出表示されていない段階で、既に導出表示されている表示結果が特別結果態様となる条件を満たしている表示状態をいう。また、別の表現をすれば、リーチ状態とは、表示装置の変動表示制御が進行して表示結果が導出表示される前段階にまで達した時点でも、特別結果態様となる表示条件からはずれていない表示態様をいう。そして、例えば、特別結果態様が揃った状態を維持しながら複数の変動表示領域による変動表示を行う状態(いわゆる全回転リーチ)もリーチ状態に含まれる。また、リーチ状態とは、表示装置の表示制御が進行して表示結果が導出表示される前段階にまで達した時点での表示状態であって、表示結果が導出表示される以前に決定されている複数の変動表示領域の表示結果の少なくとも一部が特別結果態様となる条件を満たしている場合の表示状態をいう。   Reach (reach state) has a display device whose display state can change, and the display device derives and displays a plurality of display results at different times, and the plurality of display results are predetermined. In the gaming machine 10 in which the gaming state becomes a gaming state advantageous to the player (special gaming state) when the special result mode is entered, the game is already derived at the stage where some of the plurality of display results are not yet derived and displayed. This means a display state in which the displayed display result satisfies the condition for the special result mode. In other words, the reach state is deviated from the display condition that is the special result mode even when the display device's variable display control progresses and reaches the stage before the display result is derived and displayed. There is no display mode. For example, a state where so-called full-rotation reach is performed in a variable display region while maintaining a state in which special result modes are aligned (so-called full rotation reach) is also included in the reach state. The reach state is a display state at the time when the display control of the display device has progressed to reach a stage before the display result is derived and displayed, and is determined before the display result is derived and displayed. The display state in the case where at least a part of the display results of the plurality of variable display areas satisfies the condition for the special result mode.

よって、例えば、特図変動表示ゲームに対応して表示装置に表示される飾り特図変動表示ゲームが、表示装置における左、中、右の変動表示領域の各々で所定時間複数の識別情報を変動表示した後、左、右、中の順で変動表示を停止して結果態様を表示するものである場合、左、右の変動表示領域で、特別結果態様となる条件を満たした状態(例えば、同一の識別情報)で変動表示が停止した状態がリーチ状態となる。またこの他に、すべての変動表示領域の変動表示を一旦停止した時点で、左、中、右のうち何れか二つの変動表示領域で特別結果態様となる条件を満たした状態(例えば、同一の識別情報となった状態、ただし特別結果態様は除く)をリーチ状態とし、このリーチ状態から残りの一つの変動表示領域を変動表示するようにしても良い。そして、このリーチ状態には複数のリーチ演出が含まれ、特別結果態様が導出される可能性が異なる(信頼度が異なる)リーチ演出として、ノーマルリーチ、スペシャル1リーチ、スペシャル2リーチ、プレミアリーチ等が設定されている。なお、信頼度は、リーチなし<ノーマルリーチ<スペシャル1リーチ<スペシャル2リーチ<プレミアリーチの順に高くなるようになっている。また、このリーチ状態は、少なくとも特図変動表示ゲームで特別結果態様が導出される場合(大当りとなる場合)における変動表示態様に含まれるようになっている。即ち、特図変動表示ゲームで特別結果態様が導出されないと判定する場合(はずれとなる場合)における変動表示態様に含まれることもある。よって、リーチ状態が発生した状態は、リーチ状態が発生しない場合に比べて大当りとなる可能性の高い状態である。   Thus, for example, a decorative special figure fluctuation display game displayed on a display device corresponding to a special figure fluctuation display game fluctuates a plurality of identification information for a predetermined time in each of the left, middle, and right fluctuation display areas on the display device. After displaying, when the display of the result mode is stopped in the order of left, right, and middle, the condition that becomes the special result mode is satisfied in the left and right variable display areas (for example, The state in which the variable display is stopped with the same identification information) is the reach state. In addition to this, when the variable display of all the variable display areas is temporarily stopped, the condition that the special result mode is satisfied in any two of the left, middle, and right variable display areas (for example, the same The state in which the identification information is obtained (except for the special result mode) may be set as the reach state, and the remaining one variable display area may be variably displayed from the reach state. This reach state includes a plurality of reach effects, and the possibility that a special result mode is derived (different reliability) includes normal reach, special 1 reach, special 2 reach, premier reach, etc. Is set. The reliability increases in the order of no reach <normal reach <special 1 reach <special 2 reach <premier reach. In addition, this reach state is included in a variable display mode at least in a case where a special result mode is derived in a special figure variable display game (when a big hit is achieved). That is, it may be included in the variable display mode when it is determined that the special result mode is not derived in the special figure variable display game (when it is out of place). Therefore, the state in which the reach state has occurred is a state that is more likely to be a big hit than the case in which the reach state does not occur.

CPU111Aは、ROM111B内の遊技制御用プログラムを実行して、払出制御装置200や演出制御装置300に対する制御信号(コマンド)を生成したりソレノイドや表示装置の駆動信号を生成して出力して遊技機10全体の制御を行う。
また、図示しないが、遊技用マイコン111は、特図変動表示ゲームの大当り判定用乱数や大当りの図柄を決定するための大当り図柄用乱数、特図変動表示ゲームでの変動パターン(各種リーチやリーチ無しの変動表示における変動表示ゲームの実行時間等を含む)を決定するための変動パターン乱数、普図変動表示ゲームの当たり判定用乱数等を生成するための乱数生成回路と、発振回路113からの発振信号(原クロック信号)に基づいてCPU111Aに対する所定周期(例えば、4ミリ秒)のタイマ割込み信号や乱数生成回路の更新タイミングを与えるクロックを生成するクロックジェネレータを備えている。 Further, although not shown, the game microcomputer 111 includes a random number for determining a jackpot in a special figure variation display game, a random number for a jackpot symbol for determining a jackpot symbol, and a variation pattern (various reach and reach) in a special figure variation display game. A random number generation circuit for generating a variation pattern random number for determining (including the execution time of the variation display game in the absence variation display), a random number for hit determination of the normal figure variation display game, and an oscillation circuit 113. It is provided with a clock generator that generates a timer interrupt signal having a predetermined period (for example, 4 milliseconds) for the CPU 111A and a clock that gives an update timing of a random number generation circuit based on an oscillation signal (original clock signal). The CPU 111A executes a game control program in the ROM 111B, generates control signals (commands) for the payout control device 200 and the effect control device 300, and generates and outputs drive signals for the solenoid and the display device, thereby playing the gaming machine. 10 overall control is performed. The CPU 111A executes a game control program in the ROM 111B, generates control signals (commands) for the payout control device 200 and the effect control device 300, and generates and outputs drive signals for the solenoid and the display device, thereby playing the gaming machine. 10 overall control is performed.
Although not shown, the game microcomputer 111 is a jackpot determining random number for the special figure variation display game, a big hit symbol random number for determining the big hit symbol, a variation pattern in the special figure variation display game (various reach and reach). A random number generation circuit for generating a variation pattern random number for determining a variation display game in a variation display without a game), a random number for determining a hit of a normal variation display game, and the like from the oscillation circuit 113 Based on the oscillation signal (original clock signal), a clock generator is provided that generates a timer interrupt signal for a predetermined period (for example, 4 milliseconds) for the CPU 111A and a clock that gives the update timing of the random number generation circuit. Although not shown, the game microcomputer 111 is a jackpot determining random number for the special figure variation display game, a big hit symbol random number for determining the big hit symbol, a variation pattern in the special figure variation display game (various reach and reach) ). A random number generation circuit for generating a variation pattern random number for determining a variation display game in a variation display without a game), a random number for determining a hit of a normal variation display game, and the like from the oscillation circuit 113 Based on the oscillation signal (original clock signal), a clock generator is provided that generates a timer interrupt signal for a predetermined period (for example, 4 milliseconds) for the CPU 111A and a clock that gives the update timing of the random number generation circuit.

また、CPU111Aは、ROM111Bに記憶されている複数の変動パターンテーブルの中から、何れか一の変動パターンテーブルを取得する。具体的には、CPU111Aは、特図変動表示ゲームの遊技結果(大当り或いははずれ)や、現在の遊技状態としての特図変動表示ゲームの確率状態(通常確率状態或いは高確率状態)、現在の遊技状態としての普通変動入賞装置37の動作状態(通常動作状態或いは時短動作状態)、始動記憶数などに基づいて、複数の変動パターンテーブルの中から、何れか一の変動パターンテーブルを選択して取得する。   Further, the CPU 111A acquires any one variation pattern table from among a plurality of variation pattern tables stored in the ROM 111B. Specifically, the CPU 111A determines the game result (big hit or miss) of the special figure fluctuation display game, the probability state (normal probability state or high probability state) of the special figure fluctuation display game as the current game state, and the current game. Based on the operation state (normal operation state or short-time operation state) of the normal variation winning device 37 as a state, the number of start memories, etc., one of the variation pattern tables is selected and acquired. To do.

払出制御装置200は、図示しないが、CPU、ROM、RAM、入力インタフェース、出力インタフェース等を備え、遊技制御装置100からの賞球払出し指令(コマンドやデータ)に従って、球払出装置84の払出モータを駆動させ、賞球を払い出させるための制御を行う。また、払出制御装置200は、カードユニットからの貸球要求信号に基づいて球払出装置84の払出モータを駆動させ、貸球を払い出させるための制御を行う。   Although not shown, the payout control device 200 includes a CPU, a ROM, a RAM, an input interface, an output interface, and the like, and in accordance with a prize ball payout command (command or data) from the game control device 100, a payout motor of the ball payout device 84 is provided. Control is performed to drive the prize ball. Further, the payout control device 200 drives the payout motor of the ball payout device 84 based on the ball rental request signal from the card unit, and performs control for paying out the balls.

遊技用マイコン111の入力部120には、始動入賞口36内の始動口1スイッチ36a、普通変動入賞装置37内の始動口2スイッチ37a、普図始動ゲート34内のゲートスイッチ34a、一般入賞口スイッチ35a〜35n、カウントスイッチ38aに接続され、これらのスイッチから供給されるハイレベルが11Vでロウレベルが7Vのような負論理の信号が入力され、0V−5Vの正論理の信号に変換するインタフェースチップ(近接I/F)121が設けられている。近接I/F121は、入力の範囲が7V−11Vとされることで、近接スイッチのリード線が不正にショートされたり、スイッチがコネクタから外されたり、リード線が切断されてフローティングになったような異常な状態を検出することができ、異常検知信号を出力するように構成されている。   The input unit 120 of the gaming microcomputer 111 includes a start port 1 switch 36a in the start winning port 36, a start port 2 switch 37a in the normal variation winning device 37, a gate switch 34a in the usual start gate 34, and a general winning port. An interface which is connected to the switches 35a to 35n and the count switch 38a and receives a negative logic signal such as a high level of 11V and a low level of 7V supplied from these switches, and converts it into a positive logic signal of 0V-5V. A chip (proximity I / F) 121 is provided. Proximity I / F 121 seems to be floating because the input range is 7V-11V, the lead wire of the proximity switch is improperly shorted, the switch is disconnected from the connector, or the lead wire is disconnected. An abnormal state can be detected, and an abnormality detection signal is output.

近接I/F121の出力はすべて第2入力ポート122へ供給されデータバス140を介して遊技用マイコン111に読み込まれるとともに、主基板100から中継基板70を介して図示しない試射試験装置へ供給されるようになっている。また、近接I/F121の出力のうち始動口1スイッチ36aと始動口2スイッチ37aの検出信号は、第2入力ポート122の他、反転回路112を介して遊技用マイコン111へ入力されるように構成されている。反転回路112を設けているのは、遊技用マイコン111の信号入力端子が、マイクロスイッチなどからの信号が入力されることを想定し、かつ負論理、即ち、ロウレベル(0V)を有効レベルとして検知するように設計されているためである。   All the outputs of the proximity I / F 121 are supplied to the second input port 122 and read into the gaming microcomputer 111 via the data bus 140, and also supplied from the main board 100 to the test firing test apparatus (not shown) via the relay board 70. It is like that. In addition, the detection signals of the start port 1 switch 36a and the start port 2 switch 37a among the outputs of the proximity I / F 121 are input to the gaming microcomputer 111 via the inverting circuit 112 in addition to the second input port 122. It is configured. The inversion circuit 112 is provided because the signal input terminal of the gaming microcomputer 111 detects that a signal from a micro switch or the like is input, and detects negative logic, that is, low level (0 V) as an effective level. Because it is designed to do.

従って、始動口1スイッチ36aと始動口2スイッチ37aとしてマイクロスイッチを使用する場合には、反転回路112を設けずに直接遊技用マイコン111へ検出信号を入力させるように構成することができる。つまり、始動口1スイッチ36aと始動口2スイッチ37aからの負論理の信号を直接遊技用マイコン111へ入力させたい場合には、近接スイッチを使用することはできない。上記のように近接I/F121は、信号のレベル変換機能を有する。このようなレベル変換機能を可能にするため、近接I/F121には、電源装置400から通常のICの動作に必要な例えば5Vのような電圧の他に、12Vの電圧が供給されるようになっている。   Therefore, when a micro switch is used as the start port 1 switch 36a and the start port 2 switch 37a, the detection signal can be directly input to the gaming microcomputer 111 without providing the inverting circuit 112. That is, when it is desired to directly input negative logic signals from the start port 1 switch 36a and the start port 2 switch 37a to the gaming microcomputer 111, the proximity switch cannot be used. As described above, the proximity I / F 121 has a signal level conversion function. In order to enable such a level conversion function, the proximity I / F 121 is supplied with a voltage of 12 V from the power supply device 400 in addition to a voltage such as 5 V required for normal IC operation. It has become.

また、入力部120には、遊技機10の前面枠12等に設けられた不正検出用の磁気センサスイッチ61及び振動センサスイッチ62からの信号及び上記近接I/F121により変換された始動入賞口36内の始動口1スイッチ36a、普通変動入賞装置37内の始動口2スイッチ37a、ゲートスイッチ34a、一般入賞口スイッチ35a〜35n、カウントスイッチ38aからの信号を取り込んでデータバス140を介して遊技用マイコン111に供給する第2入力ポート122が設けられている。第2入力ポート122が保持しているデータは、遊技用マイコン111が第2入力ポート122に割り当てられているアドレスをデコードすることによってイネーブル信号CE1をアサート(有効レベルに変化)することよって、読み出すことができる。後述の他のポートも同様である。   Further, the input unit 120 includes a start winning opening 36 converted by signals from the fraud detection magnetic sensor switch 61 and the vibration sensor switch 62 provided on the front frame 12 of the gaming machine 10 and the proximity I / F 121. The start port 1 switch 36a in the inside, the start port 2 switch 37a in the normal variation winning device 37, the gate switch 34a, the general winning port switches 35a to 35n, and the signals from the count switch 38a are taken in via the data bus 140. A second input port 122 for supplying to the microcomputer 111 is provided. The data held by the second input port 122 is read by asserting the enable signal CE1 (changing to an effective level) by the gaming microcomputer 111 decoding the address assigned to the second input port 122. be able to. The same applies to other ports described later.

さらに、入力部120には、遊技機10のガラス枠15等に設けられた前枠開放検出スイッチ63及び前面枠(遊技枠)12等に設けられた遊技枠開放検出スイッチ64からの信号及び払出制御装置200からの払出異常を示すステータス信号や払出し前の遊技球の不足を示すシュート球切れスイッチ信号、オーバーフローを示すオーバーフロースイッチ信号を取り込んでデータバス140を介して遊技用マイコン111に供給する第1入力ポート123が設けられている。オーバーフロースイッチ信号は、下皿23に遊技球が所定量以上貯留されていること(満杯になったこと)を検出したときに出力される信号である。   Further, the input unit 120 receives signals and payouts from the front frame opening detection switch 63 provided on the glass frame 15 and the like of the gaming machine 10 and the game frame opening detection switch 64 provided on the front frame (game frame) 12 and the like. A status signal indicating a payout abnormality from the control device 200, a shot ball break switch signal indicating a shortage of game balls before payout, and an overflow switch signal indicating overflow are fetched and supplied to the game microcomputer 111 via the data bus 140. One input port 123 is provided. The overflow switch signal is a signal that is output when it is detected that a predetermined amount or more of game balls are stored in the lower plate 23 (full).

また、入力部120には、電源装置400からの停電監視信号や初期化スイッチ信号、リセット信号などの信号を遊技用マイコン111等に入力するためのシュミットトリガ回路124が設けられており、シュミットトリガ回路124はこれらの入力信号からノイズを除去する機能を有する。電源装置400からの信号のうち停電監視信号と初期化スイッチ信号は、一旦第1入力ポート123に入力され、データバス140を介して遊技用マイコン111に取り込まれる。つまり、前述の各種スイッチからの信号と同等の信号として扱われる。遊技用マイコン111に設けられている外部からの信号を受ける端子の数には制約があるためである。   Further, the input unit 120 is provided with a Schmitt trigger circuit 124 for inputting signals such as a power failure monitoring signal, an initialization switch signal, and a reset signal from the power supply device 400 to the gaming microcomputer 111 and the like. The circuit 124 has a function of removing noise from these input signals. Of the signals from the power supply device 400, the power failure monitoring signal and the initialization switch signal are once inputted to the first input port 123 and taken into the gaming microcomputer 111 via the data bus 140. That is, it is treated as a signal equivalent to the signal from the various switches described above. This is because the number of terminals receiving external signals provided in the gaming microcomputer 111 is limited.

一方、シュミットトリガ回路124によりノイズ除去されたリセット信号RSTは、遊技用マイコン111に設けられているリセット端子に直接入力されるとともに、出力部130の各ポートに供給される。また、リセット信号RSTは出力部130を介さずに直接中継基板70に出力することで、試射試験装置へ出力するために中継基板70のポート(図示省略)に保持される試射試験信号をオフするように構成されている。また、リセット信号RSTを中継基板70を介して試射試験装置へ出力可能に構成するようにしてもよい。なお、リセット信号RSTは入力部120の各ポート122,123には供給されない。リセット信号RSTが入る直前に遊技用マイコン111によって出力部130の各ポートに設定されたデータはシステムの誤動作を防止するためリセットする必要があるが、リセット信号RSTが入る直前に入力部120の各ポートから遊技用マイコン111が読み込んだデータは、遊技用マイコン111のリセットによって廃棄されるためである。   On the other hand, the reset signal RST from which noise has been removed by the Schmitt trigger circuit 124 is directly input to a reset terminal provided in the gaming microcomputer 111 and is supplied to each port of the output unit 130. Further, the reset signal RST is directly output to the relay board 70 without going through the output unit 130, thereby turning off the test test signal held in the port (not shown) of the relay board 70 for output to the test board. It is configured as follows. Further, the reset signal RST may be configured to be output to the test firing test apparatus via the relay board 70. The reset signal RST is not supplied to the ports 122 and 123 of the input unit 120. Data set in each port of the output unit 130 by the gaming microcomputer 111 immediately before the reset signal RST is input needs to be reset to prevent malfunction of the system. This is because the data read by the gaming microcomputer 111 from the port is discarded when the gaming microcomputer 111 is reset.

出力部130は、データバス140に接続され払出制御装置200へ出力する4ビットのデータ信号とデータの有効/無効を示す制御信号(データストローブ信号)及び演出制御装置300へ出力するデータストローブ信号SSTBを生成する第1出力ポート131と、演出制御装置300へ出力する8ビットのデータ信号を生成する第2出力ポート132とを備える。遊技制御装置100から払出制御装置200及び演出制御装置300へは、パラレル通信でデータが送信される。また、出力部130には、演出制御装置300の側から遊技制御装置100へ信号を入力できないようにするため、即ち、片方向通信を担保するために第1出力ポート131からの上記データストローブ信号SSTB及び第2出力ポート132からの8ビットのデータ信号を出力する単方向のバッファ133が設けられている。なお、第1出力ポート131から払出制御装置200へ出力する信号に対してもバッファを設けるようにしてもよい。   The output unit 130 is connected to the data bus 140 and outputs a 4-bit data signal output to the payout control device 200, a control signal (data strobe signal) indicating validity / invalidity of the data, and a data strobe signal SSTB output to the effect control device 300. 1 and a second output port 132 for generating an 8-bit data signal to be output to the effect control device 300. Data is transmitted from the game control device 100 to the payout control device 200 and the effect control device 300 by parallel communication. In addition, the data strobe signal from the first output port 131 is input to the output unit 130 in order to prevent a signal from being input to the game control device 100 from the side of the effect control device 300, that is, to ensure one-way communication. A unidirectional buffer 133 that outputs an 8-bit data signal from the SSTB and the second output port 132 is provided. A buffer may be provided for a signal output from the first output port 131 to the payout control device 200.

さらに、出力部130には、データバス140に接続され図示しない認定機関の試射試験装置へ変動表示ゲームの特図図柄情報を知らせるデータや大当りの確率状態を示す信号などを中継基板70を介して出力するバッファ134が実装可能に構成されている。このバッファ134は遊技店に設置される実機(量産販売品)としてのパチンコ遊技機の遊技制御装置(主基板)には実装されない部品である。なお、前記近接I/F121から出力される始動口スイッチなど加工の必要のないスイッチの検出信号は、バッファ134を通さずに中継基板70を介して試射試験装置へ供給される。   In addition, the output unit 130 is connected to the data bus 140 via a relay board 70 for data indicating special symbol information of the variable display game to a test firing test apparatus of an accredited organization (not shown) and a signal indicating the probability status of jackpot. The output buffer 134 is configured to be mountable. This buffer 134 is a component that is not mounted on a game control device (main board) of a pachinko gaming machine as an actual machine (mass production product) installed in the game store. A detection signal output from the proximity I / F 121, such as a start port switch, that is not required to be processed is supplied to the test firing test apparatus via the relay board 70 without passing through the buffer 134.

一方、磁気センサスイッチ61や振動センサスイッチ62のようにそのままでは試射試験装置へ供給できない検出信号は、一旦遊技用マイコン111に取り込まれて他の信号若しくは情報に加工されて、例えば遊技機が遊技制御できない状態であることを示すエラー信号としてデータバス140からバッファ134、中継基板70を介して試射試験装置へ供給される。なお、中継基板70には、上記バッファ134から出力された信号を取り込んで試射試験装置へ供給するポートや、バッファを介さないスイッチの検出信号の信号線を中継して伝達するコネクタなどが設けられている。中継基板70上のポートには、遊技用マイコン111から出力されるチップイネーブル信号CEも供給され、該信号CEにより選択制御されたポートの信号が試射試験装置へ供給されるようになっている。   On the other hand, detection signals such as the magnetic sensor switch 61 and the vibration sensor switch 62 that cannot be supplied to the test fire testing device as they are are once taken into the gaming microcomputer 111 and processed into other signals or information. An error signal indicating that the control is not possible is supplied from the data bus 140 to the trial test apparatus via the buffer 134 and the relay board 70. The relay board 70 is provided with a port that takes in the signal output from the buffer 134 and supplies it to the test test apparatus, a connector that relays and transmits a signal line of a switch detection signal that does not pass through the buffer, and the like. ing. A chip enable signal CE output from the gaming microcomputer 111 is also supplied to the port on the relay board 70, and the signal of the port selected and controlled by the signal CE is supplied to the test firing test apparatus.

また、出力部130には、データバス140に接続され特別変動入賞装置38を開成させるソレノイド(大入賞口ソレノイド)38bや普通変動入賞装置37の開閉部材37bを開成させるソレノイド(普電ソレノイド)37cの開閉データと、一括表示装置50のLEDのカソード端子が接続されているデジット線のオン/オフデータを出力するための第3出力ポート135、一括表示装置50に表示する内容に応じてLEDのアノード端子が接続されているセグメント線のオン/オフデータを出力するための第4出力ポート136、大当り情報など遊技機10に関する情報を枠用外部出力基板71や盤用外部出力基板72へ出力するための第5出力ポート137が設けられている。枠用外部出力基板71や盤用外部出力基板72から出力された遊技機10に関する情報は、例えば遊技店に設置された情報収集端末や遊技場内部管理装置(図示省略)に供給される。   In addition, the output unit 130 is connected to the data bus 140 and is connected to the data bus 140 to open a special variable winning device 38 (a large winning port solenoid) 38b and a solenoid (normal electric solenoid) 37c to open an opening / closing member 37b of the normal variable winning device 37. The third output port 135 for outputting the opening / closing data of the LED and the ON / OFF data of the digit line to which the cathode terminal of the LED of the collective display device 50 is connected. A fourth output port 136 for outputting on / off data of the segment line to which the anode terminal is connected, and information related to the gaming machine 10 such as jackpot information is output to the frame external output board 71 and the board external output board 72. A fifth output port 137 is provided. Information relating to the gaming machine 10 output from the frame external output board 71 or the board external output board 72 is supplied to, for example, an information collection terminal or a game hall internal management device (not shown) installed in a game store.

さらに、出力部130には、第3出力ポート135から出力される大入賞口ソレノイド38bの開閉データ信号を受けてソレノイド駆動信号や普電ソレノイド37cの開閉データ信号を受けてソレノイド駆動信号を生成し出力する第1ドライバ(駆動回路)138a、第3出力ポート135から出力される一括表示装置50の電流引き込み側のデジット線のオン/オフ駆動信号を出力する第2ドライバ138b、第4出力ポート136から出力される一括表示装置50の電流供給側のセグメント線のオン/オフ駆動信号を出力する第3ドライバ138c、第5出力ポート137から管理装置等の外部装置へ供給する外部情報信号を枠用外部出力基板71や盤用外部出力基板72へ出力する第4ドライバ138dが設けられている。   Further, the output unit 130 receives the opening / closing data signal of the big prize opening solenoid 38b output from the third output port 135, and receives the solenoid driving signal and the opening / closing data signal of the power solenoid 37c to generate the solenoid driving signal. A first driver (drive circuit) 138a for outputting, a second driver 138b for outputting an on / off drive signal for a digit line on the current drawing side of the collective display device 50 outputted from the third output port 135, and a fourth output port 136 The third driver 138c for outputting the ON / OFF drive signal for the segment line on the current supply side of the collective display device 50 output from, and the external information signal supplied to the external device such as the management device from the fifth output port 137 for the frame A fourth driver 138d for outputting to the external output board 71 or the board external output board 72 is provided.

上記第1ドライバ138aには、32Vで動作するソレノイドを駆動できるようにするため、電源電圧としてDC32Vが電源装置400から供給される。また、一括表示装置50のセグメント線を駆動する第3ドライバ138cには、DC12Vが供給される。デジット線を駆動する第2ドライバ138bは、表示データに応じたデジット線を電流で引き抜くためのものであるため、電源電圧は12V又は5Vのいずれであってもよい。12Vを出力する第3ドライバ138cによりセグメント線を介してLEDのアノード端子に電流を流し込み、接地電位を出力する第2ドライバ138bによりカソード端子よりセグメント線を介して電流を引き抜くことで、ダイナミック駆動方式で順次選択されたLEDに電源電圧が流れて点灯される。外部情報信号を枠用外部出力基板71や盤用外部出力基板72へ出力する第4ドライバ138dは、外部情報信号に12Vのレベルを与えるため、DC12Vが供給される。なお、バッファ134や第3出力ポート135、第1ドライバ138a等は、遊技制御装置100の出力部130、即ち、主基板ではなく、中継基板70側に設けるようにしてもよい。   The first driver 138a is supplied with DC32V from the power supply device 400 as a power supply voltage so that a solenoid operating at 32V can be driven. Also, DC12V is supplied to the third driver 138c that drives the segment lines of the collective display device 50. Since the second driver 138b for driving the digit line is for extracting the digit line corresponding to the display data with a current, the power supply voltage may be either 12V or 5V. A dynamic drive method is achieved by flowing current to the anode terminal of the LED through the segment line by the third driver 138c that outputs 12 V, and drawing the current from the cathode terminal through the segment line by the second driver 138b that outputs the ground potential. The power supply voltage flows through the LEDs sequentially selected in step 1 so that the LEDs are lit. The fourth driver 138d that outputs the external information signal to the frame external output board 71 and the panel external output board 72 is supplied with DC 12V in order to give the external information signal a level of 12V. The buffer 134, the third output port 135, the first driver 138a, and the like may be provided on the output board 130 of the game control apparatus 100, that is, on the relay board 70 side instead of the main board.

さらに、出力部130には、外部の検査装置500へ各遊技機の識別コードやプログラムなどの情報を送信するためのフォトカプラ139が設けられている。フォトカプラ139は、遊技用マイコン111が検査装置500との間でシリアル通信によってデータの送受信を行なえるように双方通信可能に構成されている。なお、かかるデータの送受信は、通常の汎用マイクロプロセッサと同様に遊技用マイコン111が有するシリアル通信端子を利用して行なわれるため、入力ポート122,123のようなポートは設けられていない。   Further, the output unit 130 is provided with a photocoupler 139 for transmitting information such as an identification code and a program of each gaming machine to the external inspection device 500. The photocoupler 139 is configured to be capable of bi-directional communication so that the gaming microcomputer 111 can transmit and receive data to and from the inspection device 500 through serial communication. Note that such data transmission / reception is performed using a serial communication terminal of the gaming microcomputer 111 as in the case of a general general-purpose microprocessor, and therefore, ports such as the input ports 122 and 123 are not provided.

次に、図5を用いて、演出制御装置300の構成について説明する。
演出制御装置300は、遊技用マイコン111と同様にアミューズメントチップ(IC)からなる主制御用マイコン(1stCPU)311と、該1stCPU311の制御下でもっぱら映像制御を行う映像制御用マイコン(2ndCPU)312と、該2ndCPU312からのコマンドやデータに従って表示装置41への映像表示のための画像処理を行うグラフィックプロセッサとしてのVDP(Video Display Processor)313と、各種のメロディや効果音などをスピーカ19a,19bから再生させるため音の出力を制御する音源LSI314を備えている。 The effect control device 300 includes a main control microcomputer (1st CPU) 311 composed of an amusement chip (IC) similar to the game microcomputer 111, and a video control microcomputer (2nd CPU) 312 that exclusively controls images under the control of the 1st CPU 311. The VDP (Video Display Processor) 313 as a graphic processor that performs image processing for displaying images on the display device 41 according to commands and data from the 2nd CPU 312, and various melody and sound sources are reproduced from the speakers 19a and 19b. A sound source LSI 314 that controls the output of sound is provided. Next, the configuration of the effect control device 300 will be described with reference to FIG. Next, the configuration of the effect control device 300 will be described with reference to FIG.
The effect control device 300 includes a main control microcomputer (1st CPU) 311 formed of an amusement chip (IC), as with the game microcomputer 111, and a video control microcomputer (2nd CPU) 312 that performs video control exclusively under the control of the 1st CPU 311 , VDP (Video Display Processor) 313 as a graphic processor that performs image processing for video display on the display device 41 in accordance with commands and data from the 2nd CPU 312 and various melody and sound effects are reproduced from the speakers 19a and 19b. The sound source LSI 314 for controlling the sound output is provided. The effect control device 300 includes a main control microcomputer (1st CPU) 311 formed of an amusement chip (IC), as with the game microcomputer 111, and a video control microcomputer (2nd CPU) 312 that performs video control exclusively under the control of the 1st CPU 311 and VDP (Video Display Processor) 313 as a graphic processor that performs image processing for video display on the display device 41 in accordance with commands and data from the 2nd CPU 312 and various melody and sound effects are reproduced from the speakers 19a and 19b. The sound source LSI 314 for controlling the sound output is provided.

上記主制御用マイコン(1stCPU)311と映像制御用マイコン(2ndCPU)312には、各CPUが実行するプログラムを格納したPROM(プログラマブルリードオンリメモリ)からなるプログラムROM321、322がそれぞれ接続され、VDP313にはキャラクタ画像や映像データが記憶された画像ROM323が接続され、音源LSI314には音声データが記憶された音ROM324が接続されている。主制御用マイコン(1stCPU)311は、遊技用マイコン111からのコマンドを解析し、演出内容を決定して映像制御用マイコン312へ出力映像の内容を指示したり、音源LSI314への再生音の指示、装飾ランプの点灯、モータの駆動制御、演出時間の管理などの処理を実行する。主制御用マイコン(1stCPU)311と映像制御用マイコン(2ndCPU)312の作業領域を提供するRAMは、それぞれのチップ内部に設けられている。なお、作業領域を提供するRAMはチップの外部に設けるようにしてもよい。   The main control microcomputer (1st CPU) 311 and the video control microcomputer (2nd CPU) 312 are connected to program ROMs 321 and 322 each composed of a PROM (programmable read only memory) storing a program executed by each CPU. Is connected to an image ROM 323 storing character images and video data, and a sound ROM 324 storing sound data is connected to the sound source LSI 314. The main control microcomputer (1st CPU) 311 analyzes the command from the game microcomputer 111, decides the contents of the presentation, instructs the video control microcomputer 312 about the contents of the output video, and instructs the sound source LSI 314 about the reproduced sound. Then, processing such as lighting of the decoration lamp, motor drive control, and production time management is executed. RAMs that provide work areas for the main control microcomputer (1st CPU) 311 and the video control microcomputer (2nd CPU) 312 are provided in the respective chips. Note that the RAM that provides the work area may be provided outside the chip.

特に限定されるわけではないが、主制御用マイコン(1stCPU)311と映像制御用マイコン(2ndCPU)312との間、主制御用マイコン(1stCPU)311と音源LSI314との間は、それぞれシリアル方式でデータの送受信が行なわれ、映像制御用マイコン(2ndCPU)312との間、主制御用マイコン(1stCPU)311とVDP313との間は、パラレル方式でデータの送受信が行なわれるように構成されている。パラレル方式でデータを送受信することで、シリアルの場合よりも短時間にコマンドやデータを送信することができる。VDP313には、画像ROM323から読み出されたキャラクタなどの画像データを展開したり加工したりするのに使用される超高速なVRAM(ビデオRAM)313aや、画像を拡大、縮小処理するためのスケーラ313b、LVDS(小振幅信号伝送)方式で表示装置41へ送信する映像信号を生成する信号変換回路313cなどが設けられている。   Although not particularly limited, the main control microcomputer (1stCPU) 311 and the video control microcomputer (2ndCPU) 312 and the main control microcomputer (1stCPU) 311 and the sound source LSI 314 are serially connected. Data transmission / reception is performed, and data transmission / reception is performed in parallel with the video control microcomputer (2ndCPU) 312 and between the main control microcomputer (1stCPU) 311 and the VDP 313. By transmitting and receiving data in parallel, commands and data can be transmitted in a shorter time than in the case of serial. The VDP 313 includes an ultra-high speed VRAM (video RAM) 313a used for developing and processing image data such as characters read from the image ROM 323, and a scaler for enlarging and reducing images. 313b, a signal conversion circuit 313c that generates a video signal to be transmitted to the display device 41 by an LVDS (small amplitude signal transmission) method, and the like are provided.

VDP313から主制御用マイコン311へは表示装置41の映像と前面枠12や遊技盤30に設けられている装飾ランプの点灯を同期させるために垂直同期信号VSYNCが入力される。さらに、VDP313から映像制御用マイコン312へは、VRAMへの描画の終了等処理状況を知らせるため割込み信号INT0〜n及び映像制御用マイコン312からのコマンドやデータの受信待ちの状態にあることを知らせるためのウェイト信号WAITが入力される。また、映像制御用マイコン312から主制御用マイコン311へは、映像制御用マイコン312が正常に動作していることを知らせるとともにコマンドの送信タイミングを与える同期信号SYNCが入力される。主制御用マイコン311と音源LSI314との間は、ハンドシェイク方式でコマンドやデータの送受信を行うために、呼び掛け(コール)信号CTSと応答(レスポンス)信号RTSが交換される。   A vertical synchronization signal VSYNC is input from the VDP 313 to the main control microcomputer 311 in order to synchronize the image of the display device 41 and the lighting of the decorative lamps provided on the front frame 12 and the game board 30. In addition, the VDP 313 notifies the video control microcomputer 312 that it is waiting to receive an interrupt signal INT0-n and a command or data from the video control microcomputer 312 in order to notify the processing status such as the end of drawing in the VRAM. A wait signal WAIT is input. Further, the video control microcomputer 312 receives from the main control microcomputer 311 a synchronization signal SYNC that informs that the video control microcomputer 312 is operating normally and gives command transmission timing. A call signal CTS and a response signal RTS are exchanged between the main control microcomputer 311 and the tone generator LSI 314 in order to transmit and receive commands and data in the handshake method.

なお、映像制御用マイコン(2ndCPU)312には、主制御用マイコン(1stCPU)311よりも高速なつまり高価なCPUが使用されている。主制御用マイコン(1stCPU)311とは別に映像制御用マイコン(2ndCPU)312を設けて処理を分担させることによって、主制御用マイコン(1stCPU)311のみでは実現困難な大画面で動きの速い映像を表示装置41に表示させることが可能となるとともに、映像制御用マイコン(2ndCPU)312と同等な処理能力を有するCPUを2個使用する場合に比べてコストの上昇を抑制することができる。また、CPUを2つ設けることによって、2つのCPUの制御プログラムを別々に並行して開発することが可能となり、これによって新機種の開発期間を短縮することができる。   Note that the video control microcomputer (2ndCPU) 312 uses a CPU that is faster or more expensive than the main control microcomputer (1stCPU) 311. By providing a video control microcomputer (2ndCPU) 312 separately from the main control microcomputer (1stCPU) 311 and sharing the processing, it is possible to display a fast moving image on a large screen that is difficult to achieve with the main control microcomputer (1stCPU) 311 alone. It is possible to display on the display device 41, and it is possible to suppress an increase in cost compared to the case where two CPUs having processing capabilities equivalent to the video control microcomputer (2nd CPU) 312 are used. Also, by providing two CPUs, it becomes possible to separately develop the control programs for the two CPUs in parallel, thereby shortening the development period of the new model.

また、演出制御装置300には、遊技制御装置100から送信されてくるコマンドを受信するインタフェースチップ(コマンドI/F)331が設けられている。このコマンドI/F331を介して、遊技制御装置100から演出制御装置300へ送信された変動開始コマンド、客待ちデモコマンド、ファンファーレコマンド、確率情報コマンド、及びエラー指定コマンド等を、演出制御指令信号として受信する。遊技制御装置100の遊技用マイコン111はDC5Vで動作し、演出制御装置300の主制御用マイコン(1stCPU)311はDC3.3Vで動作するため、コマンドI/F331には信号のレベル変換の機能が設けられている。   In addition, the effect control device 300 is provided with an interface chip (command I / F) 331 that receives a command transmitted from the game control device 100. A variation start command, a customer waiting demo command, a fanfare command, a probability information command, an error designation command, and the like transmitted from the game control device 100 to the effect control device 300 via the command I / F 331 are used as an effect control command signal. Receive. Since the game microcomputer 111 of the game control device 100 operates at DC 5V and the main control microcomputer (1st CPU) 311 of the effect control device 300 operates at DC 3.3V, the command I / F 331 has a signal level conversion function. Is provided.

また、演出制御装置300には、遊技盤30(センターケース40を含む)に設けられているLED(発光ダイオード)を有する盤装飾装置42(例えば表示装置41における演出表示と協働して演出効果を高める役物装置700等)を駆動制御する盤装飾LED制御回路332、前面枠12に設けられているLED(発光ダイオード)を有する枠装飾装置(例えば枠装飾装置18等)を駆動制御する枠装飾LED制御回路333、遊技盤30(センターケース40を含む)に設けられている盤演出装置(例えば役物装置700等)44を駆動制御する盤演出モータ/SOL制御回路334、前面枠12に設けられているモータ(例えば前記ムービングライト16を動作させるモータ等)45を駆動制御する枠演出モータ制御回路335が設けられている。なお、ランプやモータ及びソレノイドなどを駆動制御するこれらの制御回路332〜335は、アドレス/データバス304を介して主制御用マイコン(1stCPU)311と接続されている。   In addition, the effect control device 300 includes a board decoration device 42 having an LED (light emitting diode) provided on the game board 30 (including the center case 40) (for example, an effect in cooperation with the effect display on the display device 41). A frame decoration LED control circuit 332 for driving and controlling the accessory device 700 and the like, and a frame for driving and controlling a frame decoration device (for example, the frame decoration device 18) having LEDs (light emitting diodes) provided on the front frame 12. The decoration LED control circuit 333, the board effect motor / SOL control circuit 334 for driving and controlling the board effect device (for example, the accessory device 700) 44 provided on the game board 30 (including the center case 40), and the front frame 12 A frame effect motor control circuit 335 for driving and controlling a provided motor (for example, a motor for operating the moving light 16) 45 is provided. It is. Note that these control circuits 332 to 335 that drive and control lamps, motors, solenoids, and the like are connected to a main control microcomputer (1st CPU) 311 via an address / data bus 304.

さらに、演出制御装置300には、前面枠12に設けられた演出ボタン25に内蔵されているスイッチ25aや上記盤演出装置44内のモータの初期位置を検出する演出モータスイッチのオン/オフ状態を検出して主制御用マイコン(1stCPU)311へ検出信号を入力するスイッチ入力回路336、前面枠12に設けられた上スピーカ19aを駆動するオーディオパワーアンプなどからなるアンプ回路337a、前面枠12に設けられた下スピーカ19bを駆動するアンプ回路337bが設けられている。   Further, the effect control device 300 includes an on / off state of a switch 25a built in the effect button 25 provided on the front frame 12 and an effect motor switch for detecting the initial position of the motor in the panel effect device 44. A switch input circuit 336 for detecting and inputting a detection signal to the main control microcomputer (1st CPU) 311; an amplifier circuit 337a including an audio power amplifier for driving an upper speaker 19a provided on the front frame 12; An amplifier circuit 337b for driving the lower speaker 19b is provided.

電源装置400の通常電源部410は、上記のような構成を有する演出制御装置300やそれによって制御される電子部品に対して所望のレベルの直流電圧を供給するため、モータやソレノイドを駆動するためのDC32V、液晶パネルからなる表示装置41を駆動するためのDC12V、コマンドI/F331の電源電圧となるDC5Vの他に、LEDやスピーカを駆動するためのDC18Vやこれらの直流電圧の基準としたり電源モニタランプを点灯させるのに使用するNDC24Vの電圧を生成するように構成されている。さらに、主制御用マイコン(1stCPU)311や映像制御用マイコン(2ndCPU)312として、3.3Vあるいは1.2Vのような低電圧で動作するLSIを使用する場合には、DC5Vに基づいてDC3.3VやDC1.2Vを生成するためのDC−DCコンバータが演出制御装置300に設けられる。なお、DC−DCコンバータは通常電源部410に設けるようにしてもよい。   The normal power supply unit 410 of the power supply apparatus 400 drives a motor or a solenoid to supply a desired level of DC voltage to the effect control apparatus 300 having the above-described configuration and electronic components controlled thereby. DC32V for driving the display device 41 composed of a liquid crystal panel, DC5V serving as the power supply voltage for the command I / F 331, DC18V for driving the LED and speaker, and a reference for these DC voltages It is configured to generate a voltage of NDC 24V used to turn on the monitor lamp. Further, when an LSI that operates at a low voltage such as 3.3 V or 1.2 V is used as the main control microcomputer (1st CPU) 311 or the video control microcomputer (2nd CPU) 312, DC 3. The effect control device 300 is provided with a DC-DC converter for generating 3V or DC 1.2V. The DC-DC converter may be provided in the normal power supply unit 410.

電源装置400の制御信号生成部430により生成されたリセット信号RSTは、主制御用マイコン311、映像制御用マイコン312、VDP313、音源LSI314、ランプやモータなどを駆動制御する制御回路332〜335、スピーカを駆動するアンプ回路337a、337bに供給され、これらをリセット状態にする。また、この実施例においては、映像制御用マイコン312の有する汎用のポートを利用して、VDP313に対するリセット信号を生成して供給する機能を有するように構成されている。これにより、映像制御用マイコン312とVDP313の動作の連携性を向上させることができる。   The reset signal RST generated by the control signal generation unit 430 of the power supply apparatus 400 includes a main control microcomputer 311, a video control microcomputer 312, a VDP 313, a sound source LSI 314, control circuits 332 to 335 for driving and controlling lamps and motors, speakers, and the like. Are supplied to the amplifier circuits 337a and 337b, which are in a reset state. In this embodiment, a general-purpose port of the video control microcomputer 312 is used to generate and supply a reset signal to the VDP 313. Thereby, the cooperation of the operations of the video control microcomputer 312 and the VDP 313 can be improved.

次に、これらの制御回路において行われる遊技制御について説明する。
遊技制御装置100の遊技用マイコン111のCPU111Aでは、普図始動ゲート34に備えられたゲートスイッチ34aからの遊技球の検出信号の入力に基づき、普図の当たり判定用乱数値を抽出してROM111Bに記憶されている判定値と比較し、普図変動表示ゲームの当たり外れを判定する処理を行う。 The CPU 111A of the game microcomputer 111 of the game control device 100 extracts a random value for hit determination in the normal figure based on the input of the detection signal of the game ball from the gate switch 34a provided in the normal figure start gate 34, and ROM 111B. Compared with the judgment value stored in, the process of judging the hit / miss of the normal figure fluctuation display game is performed. そして、普図表示器に、識別図柄を所定時間変動表示した後、停止表示する普図変動表示ゲームを表示する処理を行う。 Then, after displaying the identification symbol on the normal map display with a variation for a predetermined time, a process of displaying the normal map variation display game to be stopped and displayed is performed. この普図変動表示ゲームの結果が当たりの場合は、普図表示器に特別の結果態様を表示するとともに、普電ソレノイド37cを動作させ、普通変動入賞装置37の開閉部材37b、37bを所定時間(例えば、0.3秒間)上述のように開放する制御を行う。 When the result of this normal fluctuation display game is correct, a special result mode is displayed on the normal figure display, the normal electric solenoid 37c is operated, and the opening / closing members 37b and 37b of the normal fluctuation winning device 37 are operated for a predetermined time. (For example, for 0.3 seconds) The opening is controlled as described above. なお、普図変動表示ゲームの結果がはずれの場合は、普図表示器にはずれの結果態様を表示する制御を行う。 If the result of the normal map variation display game is out of alignment, the normal map display is controlled to display the result mode of the deviation. Next, game control performed in these control circuits will be described. Next, game control performed in these control circuits will be described.
The CPU 111A of the game microcomputer 111 of the game control device 100 extracts a random number value for determining the hit of the normal figure based on the input of the detection signal of the game ball from the gate switch 34a provided in the normal figure start gate 34. Is compared with the determination value stored in, and a process for determining whether or not the normal-game fluctuation display game is hit is performed. Then, after the identification symbol is variably displayed for a predetermined time on the general symbol display device, a process for displaying a general symbol variation display game to be stopped is performed. When the result of this normal map change display game is a win, a special result mode is displayed on the general map display, the general electric solenoid 37c is operated, and the open / close members 37b and 37b of the normal variable prize winning device 37 are operated for a predetermined time. The opening control is performed as describ The CPU 111A of the game microcomputer 111 of the game control device 100 extracts a random number value for determining the hit of the normal figure based on the input of the detection signal of the game ball from the gate switch 34a provided in the normal figure start gate 34. Is compared with the determination value stored in, and a process for determining whether or not the normal-game fluctuation display game is hit is performed. Then, after the identification symbol is variably displayed for a predetermined time on the general symbol display device, a process for displaying a general symbol variation display game to be stopped is performed. When the result of this normal map change display game is a win, a special result mode is displayed on the general map display, the general electric microcomputer 37c is operated, and the open / close members 37b and 37b of the normal variable prize winning device 37 are operated for a predetermined time. The opening control is performed as describ ed above (for example, for 0.3 seconds). In addition, when the result of the normal map change display game is out of control, control is performed to display the result form of the shift on the general map display. ed above (for example, for 0.3 seconds). In addition, when the result of the normal map change display game is out of control, control is performed to display the result form of the shift on the general map display.

また、始動入賞口36に備えられた始動口1スイッチ36aからの遊技球の検出信号の入力に基づき始動入賞(始動記憶)を記憶し、この始動記憶に基づき、第1特図変動表示ゲームの大当たり判定用乱数値を抽出してROM111Bに記憶されている判定値と比較し、第1特図変動表示ゲームの当たり外れを判定する処理を行う。
また、普通変動入賞装置37に備えられた始動口2スイッチ37aからの遊技球の検出信号の入力に基づき始動記憶を記憶し、この始動記憶に基づき、第2特図変動表示ゲームの大当たり判定用乱数値を抽出してROM111Bに記憶されている判定値と比較し、第2特図変動表示ゲームの当たり外れを判定する処理を行う。 Further, the start memory is memorized based on the input of the detection signal of the game ball from the start port 2 switch 37a provided in the normal variation winning device 37, and based on this start memory, the jackpot determination of the second special figure variation display game is performed. The random value is extracted and compared with the determination value stored in the ROM 111B, and a process of determining the hit / miss of the second special figure variation display game is performed. Further, a start winning (starting memory) is stored based on an input of a detection signal of a game ball from a starting port 1 switch 36a provided in the starting winning port 36, and based on this start memory, the first special figure variation display game is stored. The random number value for jackpot determination is extracted and compared with the determination value stored in the ROM 111B, and a process for determining whether or not the first special figure variation display game is missed is performed. Further, a start winning (starting memory) is stored based on an input of a detection signal of a game ball from a starting port 1 switch 36a provided in the starting winning port 36, and based on this start memory, the first special figure variation The random number value for jackpot determination is extracted and compared with the determination value stored in the ROM 111B, and a process for determining whether or not the first special figure variation display game is missed is performed.
In addition, the start memory is stored based on the input of the detection signal of the game ball from the start port 2 switch 37a provided in the normal variation winning device 37, and based on this start memory, for the big hit determination of the second special figure variable display game A random number value is extracted and compared with a determination value stored in the ROM 111B, and a process of determining whether or not the second special figure variation display game is missed is performed. In addition, the start memory is stored based on the input of the detection signal of the game ball from the start port 2 switch 37a provided in the normal variation winning device 37, and based on this start memory, for the big hit determination of the second special figure variable display game A random number value is extracted and compared with a determination value stored in the ROM 111B, and a process of determining whether or not the second special figure variation display game is missed is performed.

そして、遊技制御装置100のCPU111Aは、上記の第1特図変動表示ゲームや第2特図変動表示ゲームの判定結果を含む制御信号(演出制御コマンド)を、演出制御装置300に出力する。そして、特図1表示器や特図2表示器に、識別図柄を所定時間変動表示した後、停止表示する特図変動表示ゲームを表示する処理を行う。
また、演出制御装置300では、遊技制御装置100からの制御信号に基づき、表示装置41で特図変動表示ゲームに対応した飾り特図変動表示ゲームを表示する処理を行う。
さらに、演出制御装置300では、遊技制御装置100からの制御信号に基づき、スピーカ19a,19bからの音の出力、各種LEDの発光を制御する処理等を行う。 Further, the effect control device 300 performs processing such as sound output from the speakers 19a and 19b and control of light emission of various LEDs based on the control signal from the game control device 100. Then, the CPU 111 </ b> A of the game control device 100 outputs a control signal (effect control command) including the determination results of the first special figure variation display game and the second special figure variation display game to the effect control device 300. Then, after the identification symbol is variably displayed for a predetermined time on the special figure 1 display or the special figure 2 display, processing for displaying a special figure variation display game to be stopped is performed. Then, the CPU 111 </ b> A of the game control device 100 outputs a control signal (effect control command) including the determination results of the first special figure variation display game and the second special figure variation display game to the effect control device 300. Then, after the identification symbol is variably displayed for a predetermined time on the special figure 1 display or the special figure 2 display, processing for displaying a special figure variation display game to be stopped is performed.
In addition, in the production control device 300, based on the control signal from the game control device 100, the display device 41 performs a process of displaying the decoration special figure change display game corresponding to the special figure change display game. In addition, in the production control device 300, based on the control signal from the game control device 100, the display device 41 performs a process of displaying the decoration special figure change display game corresponding to the special figure change display game.
Furthermore, in the production control device 300, based on the control signal from the game control device 100, the sound output from the speakers 19a and 19b, the process of controlling the light emission of various LEDs, and the like are performed. Furthermore, in the production control device 300, based on the control signal from the game control device 100, the sound output from the speakers 19a and 19b, the process of controlling the light emission of various LEDs, and the like are performed.

そして、遊技制御装置100のCPU111Aは、特図変動表示ゲームの結果が当たりの場合は、特図1表示器や特図2表示器に特別結果態様を表示するとともに、特別遊技状態を発生させる処理を行う。
特別遊技状態を発生させる処理においては、CPU111Aは、例えば、大入賞口ソレノイド38bにより特別変動入賞装置38の開閉扉38cを開放させ、大入賞口内への遊技球の流入を可能とする制御を行う。 In the process of generating the special game state, the CPU 111A controls, for example, by opening the opening / closing door 38c of the special variable winning device 38 by the large winning opening solenoid 38b so that the game ball can flow into the special winning opening. ..
そして、大入賞口に所定個数(例えば、10個)の遊技球が入賞するか、大入賞口の開放から所定時間(例えば、25秒又は1秒)が経過するかの何れかの条件が達成されるまで大入賞口を開放することを1ラウンドとし、これを所定ラウンド回数(例えば、15回又は2回)継続する(繰り返す)制御(サイクル遊技)を行う。 Then, either a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls is awarded to the large winning opening, or a predetermined time (for example, 25 seconds or 1 second) elapses from the opening of the large winning opening. One round is to open the big winning opening until it is played, and this is continued (repeated) a predetermined number of rounds (for example, 15 times or 2 times) (cycle game).
また、特図変動表示ゲームの結果がはずれの場合は、特図1表示器や特図2表示器にはずれの結果態様を表示する制御を行う。 Further, when the result of the special figure variation display game is out of order, the special figure 1 display and the special figure 2 display are controlled to display the result mode of the deviation. Then, when the result of the special figure variation display game is a win, the CPU 111A of the game control device 100 displays a special result mode on the special figure 1 display or the special figure 2 display and generates a special game state. I do. Then, when the result of the special figure variation display game is a win, the CPU 111A of the game control device 100 displays a special result mode on the special figure 1 display or the special figure 2 display and generates a special game state. do.
In the process of generating the special game state, the CPU 111A performs control for allowing the game ball to flow into the special winning opening by, for example, opening the open / close door 38c of the special variable winning apparatus 38 by the special winning opening solenoid 38b. . In the process of generating the special game state, the CPU 111A performs control for allowing the game ball to flow into the special winning opening by, for example, opening the open / close door 38c of the special variable winning apparatus 38 by the special winning opening solenoid 38b ..
Then, a condition that either a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls wins the grand prize opening or a predetermined time (for example, 25 seconds or 1 second) elapses from the opening of the big prize opening is achieved. Opening the grand prize opening until one is made is defined as one round, and control (cycle game) is performed to continue (repeat) this for a predetermined number of rounds (for example, 15 times or 2 times). Then, a condition that either a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls wins the grand prize opening or a predetermined time (for example, 25 seconds or 1 second) elapses from the opening of the big prize opening is achieved. Opening the grand prize opening until one is made is defined as one round, and control (cycle game) is performed to continue (repeat) this for a predetermined number of rounds (for example, 15 times or 2 times).
When the result of the special figure variation display game is out of control, control is performed to display the result form of the deviation on the special figure 1 display or the special figure 2 display. When the result of the special figure variation display game is out of control, control is performed to display the result form of the deviation on the special figure 1 display or the special figure 2 display.

また、遊技制御装置100は、特図変動表示ゲームの結果態様に基づき、特別遊技状態の終了後に、遊技状態として確変状態を発生可能となっている。この確変状態は、特図変動表示ゲームにて当り結果となる確率が、通常確率状態に比べて高い状態(高確率状態)である。また、第1特図変動表示ゲーム及び第2特図変動表示ゲームのどちらの特図変動表示ゲームの結果態様に基づき確変状態となっても、第1特図変動表示ゲーム及び第2特図変動表示ゲームの両方が確変状態となる。   In addition, the game control device 100 can generate a probability change state as a game state after the special game state ends based on the result mode of the special figure variation display game. This probability variation state is a state (high probability state) in which the probability of a hit result in the special figure variation display game is higher than the normal probability state. In addition, the first special figure variation display game and the second special figure variation display game, regardless of which one of the first special figure variation display game and the second special figure variation display game results in a certain variation state. Both display games are in a probable state.

また、遊技制御装置100は、特図変動表示ゲームの結果態様に基づき、特別遊技状態の終了後に、遊技状態として時短状態を発生可能となっている。
この時短状態においては、普図変動表示ゲーム及び普通変動入賞装置37を時短動作状態とする制御を行う。 In this time-saving state, the normal fluctuation display game and the normal fluctuation winning device 37 are controlled to be in the time-saving operation state. 具体的には、時短状態においては、上述の普図変動表示ゲームの実行時間が第1の変動表示時間よりも短い第2の変動表示時間となるように制御され(例えば、10秒が1秒)、これにより、単位時間当りの普通変動入賞装置37の開放回数が実質的に多くなるように制御される。 Specifically, in the time saving state, the execution time of the above-mentioned normal figure variation display game is controlled to be the second variation display time shorter than the first variation display time (for example, 10 seconds is 1 second). ), As a result, the number of times the normal variable winning device 37 is opened per unit time is controlled to be substantially large. また、時短状態においては、普図変動表示ゲームが当り結果となって普通変動入賞装置37が開放される場合に、開放時間が通常状態の第1開放時間よりも長い第2開放時間となるように制御される(例えば、0.3秒が1.7秒)。 Further, in the time saving state, when the normal fluctuation display game is a hit result and the normal fluctuation winning device 37 is opened, the opening time becomes the second opening time longer than the first opening time in the normal state. (For example, 0.3 seconds is 1.7 seconds). また、時短状態においては、普図変動表示ゲームの1回の当り結果に対して、普通変動入賞装置37の開放回数が1回の第1開放回数ではなく、2回以上の複数回(例えば、3回)の第2開放回数に設定される。 Further, in the time saving state, the number of times of opening the normal variable winning device 37 is not the number of times of the first opening of one time but a plurality of times of two or more times (for example, for the result of one hit of the normal figure fluctuation display game). It is set to the second opening number of 3 times).
なお、普図変動表示ゲームの実行時間を第2の変動表示時間(例えば、1秒)とする制御と、普通変動入賞装置37の開放態様を開放時間が第2開放時間(例えば、1.7秒)とし、且つ、普図変動表示ゲームの1回の当り結果に対する開放回数が第2開放回数(例えば、3回)とする制御は、何れか一方のみを行っても良いし、両方を行っても良い。 It should be noted that the control in which the execution time of the normal fluctuation display game is set to the second fluctuation display time (for example, 1 second) and the opening mode of the normal fluctuation winning device 37 are set to the second opening time (for example, 1.7). Seconds), and the number of times of opening for one hit result of the normal map variation display game is set to the second number of opening times (for example, 3 times), only one of them may be performed, or both may be performed. You may. また、時短動作状態においては、普図変動表示ゲームの当り結果となる確率が通常動作状態より高くなるように制御してもよい。 Further, in the time-saving operation state, the probability of winning the normal figure variation display game may be controlled to be higher than that in the normal operation state.
これにより、普通変動入賞装置37に遊技球が入賞し易くなり、第2特図変動表示ゲームの始動が容易となる。 This makes it easier for the game ball to win the normal variable winning device 37, and makes it easier to start the second special figure variable display game. In addition, the game control device 100 can generate a short time state as a game state after the special game state is ended based on the result mode of the special figure variation display game. In addition, the game control device 100 can generate a short time state as a game state after the special game state is ended based on the result mode of the special figure variation display game.
In this time-short state, control is performed so that the normal-variation display game and the normal variation winning device 37 are in the time-short operation state. Specifically, in the short-time state, the execution time of the above-described usual-variable display game is controlled to be a second variable display time shorter than the first variable display time (for example, 10 seconds is 1 second). Thus, the number of times of opening of the normal variation winning device 37 per unit time is controlled to be substantially increased. Further, in the short time state, when the normal variation winning device 37 is released as a result of the normal variation display game being won, the release time becomes a second release time longer than the first release time in the normal state. (For example, 0.3 seconds is 1.7 seconds). In the short-time state, the number of times of opening of the normal variation winning device 37 is not the first opening number of one time but a plu In this time-short state, control is performed so that the normal-variation display game and the normal variation winning device 37 are in the time-short operation state. Specifically, in the short-time state, the execution time of the above- described usual-variable display game is controlled to be a second variable display time shorter than the first variable display time (for example, 10 seconds is 1 second). Thus, the number of times of opening of the normal variation winning device 37 per unit time is controlled to be substantially increased. Further, in the short time state, when the normal variation winning device 37 is released as a result of the normal variation display game being won, the release time becomes a second release time longer than the first release time in the normal state. (For example, 0.3 seconds is 1.7 seconds). In the short-time state, the number of times of opening of the normal variation winning device 37 is not the first opening number of one time but a plu rality of times of two or more times (for example, (3 times) the second number of times of opening. rality of times of two or more times (for example, (3 times) the second number of times of opening.
It should be noted that the execution time of the normal variation display game is set to the second variation display time (for example, 1 second), and the release mode of the normal variation winning device 37 is the second release time (for example, 1.7). Second), and the number of times of opening with respect to one hit result of the normal variation display game is the second number of times of opening (for example, 3 times), either one or both may be performed. May be. In the short-time operation state, control may be performed so that the probability of a hit result of the normal-variable display game is higher than that in the normal operation state. It should be noted that the execution time of the normal variation display game is set to the second variation display time (for example, 1 second), and the release mode of the normal variation winning device 37 is the second release time (for example, for example, 1.7). Second), and the number of times of opening with respect to one hit result of the normal variation display game is the second number of times of opening (for example, 3 times), either one or both may be performed. May be. In the short-time operation state, control may be performed so that the probability of a hit result of the normal-variable display game is higher than that in the normal operation state.
As a result, the game ball can easily win the normal variation winning device 37, and the second special figure variation display game can be easily started. As a result, the game ball can easily win the normal variation winning device 37, and the second special figure variation display game can be easily started.

なお、確変状態と普図変動表示ゲーム及び普通変動入賞装置37の時短動作状態は、それぞれ独立して発生可能であり、両方を同時に発生することも可能であるし、一方のみを発生させることも可能である。   In addition, the time variation operation state of the probability variation state, the normal variation display game, and the normal variation prize winning device 37 can be generated independently, and both can be generated at the same time, or only one can be generated. Is possible.

次に、本実施形態の遊技機10における特図変動表示ゲームにて発生し得る当りの種類、及び各当たり終了後に移行する遊技状態について、図6(a)〜(c)を用いて説明する。なお、図6(a)では、通常状態Uにおいて特図当たり抽選に当選した場合について示しているが、遊技状態D又はEにおいて特図当たり抽選に当選した場合もほぼ同様である。   Next, the types of wins that can occur in the special figure variation display game in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, and the game state that shifts after the end of each win will be described with reference to FIGS. . Although FIG. 6A shows the case where the lottery per special figure is won in the normal state U, the case where the lottery per special figure is won in the gaming state D or E is almost the same.

図6(a)に示すように、通常状態Uにおいて2R当たりに当選すると、2R当たり状態Bが発生し、特別変動入賞装置38の開閉扉38cが0.3秒×2R開放(0.3秒の開放を2回繰り返す動作)される。そして、大当たり終了後に高確率状態(電サポ有り)Dに移行する。なお、次回大当たりが発生するまでこの状態Dが継続される。   As shown in FIG. 6A, when 2R is elected in the normal state U, a state B per 2R occurs, and the open / close door 38c of the special variable winning device 38 is opened for 0.3 seconds × 2R (0.3 seconds). Is opened twice). And it shifts to the high probability state (with electric support) D after the jackpot. This state D is continued until the next jackpot occurs.

ここで、電サポとは、特図変動表示ゲームが所定回数(例えば100回)消化されるまで、普図変動表示ゲームにおける普図当たりの当選確率を高くするとともに、普図変動表示ゲームの変動表示時間を短縮することにより、普通変動入賞装置37の開閉部材37b,37bの開閉動作を頻発させて普通変動入賞装置37に遊技球が入賞しやすくした電動役物サポート状態であり、時短とも呼ばれる。   Here, the electric support is to increase the winning probability per ordinary figure in the usual figure fluctuation display game until the special figure fluctuation display game is consumed a predetermined number of times (for example, 100 times), and the fluctuation of the ordinary figure fluctuation display game. By shortening the display time, the open / close members 37b and 37b of the normal variation winning device 37 are frequently opened and closed so that the game balls can easily win the normal variation winning device 37. .

また、通常状態Uにおいて15R当りのうち15R確変当たりに当選すると、15R当たり状態Cが発生し、特別変動入賞装置38の開閉扉38cが25秒又は最大で10個の入賞球があるまで開放される動作を15回(15R)繰り返す。そして、大当たり終了後に高確率状態(電サポ有り)Dに移行する。なお、次回大当たりが発生するまでこの状態Dが継続される。
一方、通常状態Uにおいて15R当りのうち15R通常当たりに当選すると、15R当たり状態Cが発生し、特別変動入賞装置38の開閉扉38cが25秒又は最大で10個の入賞球があるまで開放される動作を15回繰り返す。 On the other hand, if the player wins the 15R normal hit out of the 15R in the normal state U, the 15R hit state C occurs, and the opening / closing door 38c of the special variable winning device 38 is opened for 25 seconds or until there are a maximum of 10 winning balls. The operation is repeated 15 times. そして、大当たり終了後に低確率状態(電サポのみ有り)Eに移行する。 Then, after the jackpot ends, it shifts to the low probability state (only electric support is available) E. この状態Eにおいて、特図変動表示ゲームが100回消化されると低確率状態(電サポのみ有り)Eから通常状態Uに移行する。 In this state E, when the special figure variation display game is digested 100 times, the low probability state (only electric support is available) E shifts to the normal state U. In addition, in the normal state U, if winning per 15R probability change per 15R, a state C per 15R occurs, and the open / close door 38c of the special variable winning device 38 is opened for 25 seconds or until there are 10 winning balls at maximum. This operation is repeated 15 times (15R). And it shifts to the high probability state (with electric support) D after the jackpot. This state D is continued until the next jackpot occurs. In addition, in the normal state U, if winning per 15R probability change per 15R, a state C per 15R occurs, and the open / close door 38c of the special variable winning device 38 is opened for 25 seconds or until there are 10 winning balls at maximum. This operation is repeated 15 times (15R). And it shifts to the high probability state (with electric support) D after the jackpot. This state D is continued until the next jackpot occurs.
On the other hand, in the normal state U, when 15R normal per 15R is won, a state C per 15R is generated, and the open / close door 38c of the special variable winning device 38 is opened for 25 seconds or until there are at most 10 winning balls. Repeat 15 times. Then, after the jackpot ends, the state shifts to a low probability state (only electric support is available) E. In this state E, when the special figure variation display game is consumed 100 times, the low probability state (only electric support is available) E shifts to the normal state U. On the other hand, in the normal state U, when 15R normal per 15R is won, a state C per 15R is generated, and the open / close door 38c of the special variable winning device 38 is opened for 25 seconds or until there are At most 10 winning balls. Repeat 15 times. Then, after the jackpot ends, the state shifts to a low probability state (only electric support is available) E. In this state E, when the special figure variation display game is consumed 100 times , the low probability state (only electric support is available) E shifts to the normal state U.

また、通常状態Uにおいて小当たりに当選すると、小当たり状態Aが発生し、2R当たり状態Bと同様に特別変動入賞装置38の開閉扉38cが0.3秒の開放を2回繰り返す動作がなされる。そして、小当たり終了後に通常状態Uに戻る。なお、通常状態Uとは異なる遊技状態D又はEのいずれかにおいて小当たり抽選に当選した場合は、小当たり終了後には元の遊技状態に戻ることとなる。つまり、例えば高確率状態Dにおいて小当たり抽選に当選した場合は、小当たり終了後も高確率状態Dは継続される。   In addition, when a small win is won in the normal state U, a small hit state A is generated, and the open / close door 38c of the special variable winning device 38 repeats opening for 0.3 seconds twice in the same manner as in the 2R win state B. The And it returns to the normal state U after the end of the small hit. In addition, when the small hit lottery is won in either of the game states D or E different from the normal state U, the original gaming state is returned after the small hit ends. In other words, for example, when a small lottery is won in the high probability state D, the high probability state D is continued even after the end of the small hit.

図6(b)は、始動入賞口(特図1始動口)36に遊技球が入賞したことを契機とする第1特図変動表示ゲームにおける条件装置の作動を伴う大当りの内訳を示す説明図であり、図6(c)は、普通変動入賞装置(特図2始動口)37に遊技球が入賞したことを契機とする第2特図変動表示ゲームにおける条件装置の作動を伴う大当りの内訳を示す説明図である。   FIG. 6B is an explanatory diagram showing a breakdown of jackpots that accompany the operation of the condition device in the first special figure variable display game triggered by the winning of a game ball at the start winning opening (Special Figure 1 starting opening) 36. FIG. 6 (c) shows a breakdown of jackpots that accompany the operation of the condition device in the second special figure variable display game triggered by the winning of a game ball in the normal variable prize winning device (special figure 2 starting port) 37. It is explanatory drawing which shows.

ここで、条件装置とは、特図変動表示ゲームで大当たりが発生(大当たり図柄の停止表示)した場合に作動するもので、条件装置が作動するとは、例えば大当たり状態が発生して特別変動入賞装置38の開閉扉38cを連続して作動させるための特定のフラグがセットされることを意味する。条件装置が作動しないとは、例えば小当たり抽選に当選したような場合のように上述のフラグはセットされないことを意味する。なお、「条件装置」は上記のようなソフトウェア的にオンオフされるフラグのようなソフトウェア手段であっても良いし、電気的にオンオフされるスイッチのようなハードウェア手段であっても良い。また、「条件装置」は、その作動が電動役物の連続作動に必要条件とされる装置として、パチンコ遊技機の分野においては一般的に使用されている用語であり、本明細書においても同様な意味を有する用語として使用している。   Here, the condition device is activated when a big win occurs in the special figure fluctuation display game (stop display of the big jackpot symbol). When the conditional device is activated, for example, a big win state occurs and the special fluctuation winning device This means that a specific flag for continuously operating the 38 open / close doors 38c is set. That the condition device does not operate means that the above-mentioned flag is not set as in the case of winning a small lottery, for example. The “condition device” may be software means such as a flag that is turned on / off in software as described above, or may be hardware means such as a switch that is electrically turned on / off. In addition, the “condition device” is a term generally used in the field of pachinko gaming machines as a device whose operation is a necessary condition for continuous operation of the electric accessory, and the same applies to this specification. It is used as a term having a meaning.

図6(b)に示すように、第1特図変動表示ゲームにおいて条件装置の作動を伴う大当りが発生する割合は、15R確変当たりと15R通常当たりがともに38%であり、2R確変当たりが24%となっている。一方、図6(c)に示すように、第2特図変動表示ゲームにおいて条件装置の作動を伴う大当りが発生する割合は、15R確変当たりが62%、15R通常当たりが38%となっており、2R確変当たりが発生しない分だけ15R確変当たりの割合が第1特図変動表示ゲームの場合よりも高く設定されている。
なお、第1特図変動表示ゲーム、第2特図変動表示ゲームにおいて条件装置の作動を伴う大当りが発生する確率はともに1/349に設定され、また、条件装置の作動を伴わない小当たりが発生する確率はともに1/200に設定されている。 In the first special figure variation display game and the second special figure variation display game, the probability of a big hit with the operation of the conditional device is set to 1/349, and the small hit without the operation of the conditional device is set to 1/349. The probability of occurrence is set to 1/200. As shown in FIG. 6B, in the first special figure variation display game, the ratio of occurrence of big hits with the operation of the condition device is 38% for both 15R probability variation and 15R normal variation, and 2R probability variation is 24%. %. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 6C, in the second special figure fluctuation display game, the ratio of occurrence of big hits with the operation of the condition device is 62% for 15R probability change and 38% for 15R normal hit. The ratio per 15R probability variation is set higher than that in the case of the first special figure variation display game because the 2R probability variation does not occur. As shown in FIG. 6B, in the first special figure variation display game, the ratio of occurrence of big hits with the operation of the condition device is 38% for both 15R probability variation and 15R normal variation, and 2R probability variation is 24% .%. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 6C, in the second special figure fluctuation display game, the ratio of occurrence of big hits with the operation of the condition device is 62% for 15R probability change and 38% for 15R normal hit. The ratio per 15R probability variation is set higher than that in the case of the first special figure variation display game because the 2R probability variation does not occur.
In the first special figure variation display game and the second special figure variation display game, the probability of occurrence of a big hit with the operation of the condition device is both set to 1/349, and the small hit without the operation of the condition device is set. The probability of occurrence is set to 1/200. In the first special figure variation display game and the second special figure variation display game, the probability of occurrence of a big hit with the operation of the condition device is both set to 1/349, and the small hit without the operation of the condition device is set. The probability of occurrence is set to 1/200.

次に、遊技盤30について図7及び図10を参照して説明する。
図7は、遊技盤30の構造を模式的に示す分解斜視図であり、図10は、遊技盤30のセンターケース40が取り付けられた部分の断面構造を示す断面図である。
Next, the game board 30 will be described with reference to FIGS.

FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view schematically showing the structure of the game board 30, and FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view showing a cross-sectional structure of a portion of the game board 30 to which the center case 40 is attached. FIG. 7 is an excited perspective view displaying the structure of the game board 30, and FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view showing a cross-sectional structure of a portion of the game board 30 to which the center case 40 is attached ..

図7及び図10に示すように、遊技盤30は、略中央部にセンターケース40を取り付けるための取付用開口部601が形成された略矩形板状の遊技盤ベース部材600を備え、この遊技盤ベース部材600に対して、手前側からセンターケース40、並びに、当該センターケース40の左下方に一般入賞口35を有するとともに左サイドランプ621を有する左サイドランプ部材620、当該センターケース40の下方に一般入賞口35を有するとともに特別変動入賞装置38を有する大入賞口部材640、当該センターケース40の右下方に右サイドランプ661を有する右サイドランプ部材660がそれぞれ取り付けられている。   As shown in FIGS. 7 and 10, the game board 30 includes a game board base member 600 having a substantially rectangular plate shape in which a mounting opening 601 for attaching the center case 40 is formed in a substantially central part. A center case 40 from the front side with respect to the board base member 600, a left side lamp member 620 having a general winning opening 35 on the lower left side of the center case 40 and a left side lamp 621, and a lower side of the center case 40 A large winning opening member 640 having a general winning opening 35 and a special variable winning device 38, and a right side lamp member 660 having a right side lamp 661 are attached to the lower right of the center case 40, respectively.

また、遊技盤ベース部材600の裏側から後述するセグ装置(可動装置)721、シャッター装置722、左サイド装飾部材723、右サイド装飾部材724、側方入光表示装置730、及び下可動役物ユニット740を備える役物装置700、並びに、当該役物装置700の下方には、各入賞口(例えば、一般入賞口35、特別変動入賞装置38など)に入賞した入賞球を集合させて入賞球排出路(図示省略)に流下案内するための球寄せ部材800が取り付けられている。
具体的には、センターケース40は、遊技盤ベース部材600の取付用開口部601に嵌め込まれるように取り付けられ、当該センターケース40の窓部40aの窓枠内にセグ装置721、シャッター装置722、左サイド装飾部材723、及び右サイド装飾部材724が配置されるように役物装置700が取り付けられている。 Specifically, the center case 40 is mounted so as to be fitted into the mounting opening 601 of the game board base member 600, and the seg device 721, the shutter device 722, and the shutter device 722 are installed in the window frame of the window portion 40a of the center case 40. The accessory device 700 is attached so that the left side decorative member 723 and the right side decorative member 724 are arranged. Further, from the back side of the game board base member 600, a seg device (movable device) 721, a shutter device 722, a left side decorative member 723, a right side decorative member 724, a side light incident display device 730, and a lower movable accessory unit The winning device 700 having the 740, and below the winning device 700, the winning balls that are won at each winning opening (for example, the general winning opening 35, the special variable winning apparatus 38, etc.) are gathered and the winning balls are discharged. A ball gathering member 800 for guiding the flow down to a path (not shown) is attached. Further, from the back side of the game board base member 600, a seg device (movable device) 721, a shutter device 722, a left side decorative member 723, a right side decorative member 724, a side light incident display device 730, and a lower movable accessory unit The winning device 700 having the 740, and below the winning device 700, the winning balls that are won at each winning opening (for example, the general winning opening 35, the special variable winning apparatus 38, etc. ) are gathered and the winning balls are disposed. A ball gathering member 800 for guiding the flow down to a path (not shown) is attached.
Specifically, the center case 40 is attached so as to be fitted into the attachment opening 601 of the game board base member 600, and the seg device 721, the shutter device 722, The accessory device 700 is attached so that the left side decoration member 723 and the right side decoration member 724 are arranged. Specifically, the center case 40 is attached so as to be fitted into the attachment opening 601 of the game board base member 600, and the seg device 721, the shutter device 722, The accessory device 700 is attached so that the left side decoration member 723 and the right side decoration member 724 are arranged.

また、役物装置700の裏側には、表示装置41が配設されている(図10参照)。具体的には、役物装置700の略中央部には、略矩形状の開口701が設けられ、当該開口701を介して特図変動表示ゲームが表示される表示部が視認されるように表示装置41が配設されている。   Further, a display device 41 is disposed on the back side of the accessory device 700 (see FIG. 10). Specifically, a substantially rectangular opening 701 is provided at a substantially central portion of the accessory device 700, and a display portion on which a special figure variation display game is displayed is displayed through the opening 701. A device 41 is provided.

次に、センターケース40について図7及び図10を参照して説明する。
図7及び図10に示すように、センターケース40は、前面側が開口するとともに、奥側に表示装置41の表示部や後述する側方入光表示装置730の表示部を前側に臨ませる窓部40aが形成されている。すなわち、センターケース40は、遊技盤ベース部材600に螺着するためのネジ穴が複数形成された枠状のケース取付ベース部材40bを備え、このケース取付ベース部材40bの前面側に各種複数の装飾部材40c、…が取り付けられている。
Next, the center case 40 will be described with reference to FIGS.
As shown in FIGS. 7 and 10, the center case 40 has an opening on the front side, and a window portion that faces a display portion of the display device 41 and a display portion of a side light incident display device 730 described later on the front side. 40a is formed. That is, the center case 40 includes a frame-like case mounting base member 40b in which a plurality of screw holes for screwing into the game board base member 600 are formed, and a plurality of various decorations are provided on the front side of the case mounting base member 40b. The members 40c are attached. As shown in FIGS. 7 and 10, the center case 40 has an opening on the front side, and a window portion that faces a display portion of the display device 41 and a display portion of a side light incident display device 730 described later on The front side. 40a is formed. That is, the center case 40 includes a frame-like case mounting base member 40b in which a plurality of screw holes for screwing into the game board base member 600 are formed, and a plurality of various decorations are provided on the front side of the case mounting base member 40b. The members 40c are attached.

ケース取付ベース部材40bの上部には、当該取付ベース部材40bの表面から前方に庇状に突出した鎧部40dが設けられている。
鎧部40dは、その前端が遊技領域32の前側を規制するガラス板の裏面近傍に配置され、これにより、遊技球がセンターケース40の内側に流入するのを防止している。 The front end of the armor portion 40d is arranged near the back surface of the glass plate that regulates the front side of the game area 32, thereby preventing the game ball from flowing into the center case 40. On the upper part of the case mounting base member 40b, there is provided an armor portion 40d that protrudes forward in a hook shape from the surface of the mounting base member 40b. On the upper part of the case mounting base member 40b, there is provided an armor portion 40d that protrudes forward in a hook shape from the surface of the mounting base member 40b.
The front end of the armor portion 40 d is disposed in the vicinity of the back surface of the glass plate that regulates the front side of the game area 32, thereby preventing the game ball from flowing into the center case 40. The front end of the armor portion 40 d is disposed in the vicinity of the back surface of the glass plate that regulates the front side of the game area 32, thereby preventing the game ball from flowing into the center case 40.

また、鎧部40dは、その上端部から左下側に傾斜して形成された傾斜面部40eを備え、当該傾斜面部40eの下端部に連続して左側面部40fが形成され、その左側面部の略中央部分に、ワープ流路構成部材(図示省略)が設けられている。
このワープ流路構成部材は、センターケース40の外側を流下する遊技球をセンターケース40の内側に流入させるためのワープ入口(図示省略)とワープ入口に流入した遊技球を当該センターケース40の内側に排出させるためのワープ出口40gとを備えている。 The warp flow path constituent member has a warp inlet (not shown) for allowing a game ball flowing down the outside of the center case 40 to flow into the inside of the center case 40, and a game ball flowing into the warp inlet inside the center case 40. It is equipped with a warp outlet of 40 g for discharging. The armor portion 40d includes an inclined surface portion 40e formed to be inclined from the upper end portion to the lower left side, and a left side surface portion 40f is formed continuously from the lower end portion of the inclined surface portion 40e. The part is provided with a warp flow path component (not shown). The armor portion 40d includes an inclined surface portion 40e formed to be inclined from the upper end portion to the lower left side, and a left side surface portion 40f is formed continuously from the lower end portion of the inclined surface portion 40e. The part is provided with a warp flow path component (not shown).
The warp flow path component includes a warp inlet (not shown) for allowing game balls flowing down the outside of the center case 40 to flow into the inside of the center case 40 and the game balls flowing into the warp inlet inside the center case 40. And a warp outlet 40g for discharging. The warp flow path component includes a warp inlet (not shown) for allowing game balls flowing down the outside of the center case 40 to flow into the inside of the center case 40 and the game balls flowing into the warp inlet inside the center case 40 . And a warp outlet 40g for inlet.

ワープ出口40gは、センターケース40の内周壁の左側端部に右方に向けて開口するように形成されている。そして、ワープ出口40gから排出された遊技球は、右斜め下方に向かって緩やかに傾斜した傾斜部40hを通ってステージ部40i上に排出される。   The warp outlet 40g is formed at the left end portion of the inner peripheral wall of the center case 40 so as to open rightward. And the game ball discharged | emitted from the warp exit 40g is discharged | emitted on the stage part 40i through the inclined part 40h which inclined gently toward the lower right direction.

ステージ部40iはセンターケース40の前側開口の下部、具体的には、窓部40aの手前側下部に形成され、遊技球が転動可能となっている。
また、ステージ部40iは、奥側から手前側に緩やかに傾斜して形成され、ステージ部40i上に流入された遊技球は、ステージ部40iの前面側からセンターケース40外側に流下する。また、ステージ部40iは、クリア部材で形成され、当該ステージ部40iの後方に配設される下可動役物ユニット740(詳細後述)の動作を視認可能となっている(図38参照)。
The stage portion 40i is formed in the lower portion of the front opening of the center case 40, specifically, the lower portion on the near side of the window portion 40a, so that the game ball can roll.
Moreover, the stage part 40i is formed so as to be gently inclined from the back side to the near side, and the game ball that has flowed into the stage part 40i flows down from the front side of the stage part 40i to the outside of the center case 40. Further, the stage portion 40i is formed of a clear member, and the operation of the lower movable accessory unit 740 (detailed later) disposed behind the stage portion 40i can be visually recognized (see FIG. 38). Moreover, the stage part 40i is formed so as to be gently inclined from the back side to the near side, and the game ball that has flowed into the stage part 40i flows down from the front side of the stage part 40i to the outside of The center case 40. Further, the stage portion 40i is formed of a clear member, and the operation of the lower movable accessory unit 740 (detailed later) disposed behind the stage portion 40i can be visually recognized (see FIG. 38).

次に、役物装置700について図8を参照して説明する。
図8は、役物装置700の構造を模式的に示す分解斜視図である。
Next, the accessory device 700 will be described with reference to FIG.
FIG. 8 is an exploded perspective view schematically showing the structure of the accessory device 700.

図8に示すように、役物装置700は、カバー部材710と、このカバー部材710の内側に配設され、セグ装置(セグメント型の表示装置)721、シャッター装置(揺動役物装置)722、左サイド装飾部材723、及び右サイド装飾部材724が取り付けられる役物ベース装置720と、当該役物ベース装置720の裏側に配設される側方入光表示装置730と、当該役物ベース装置720の下部に配設される下可動役物ユニット740とを備えている。   As shown in FIG. 8, the accessory device 700 is disposed inside the cover member 710, the cover member 710, a segment device (segment type display device) 721, and a shutter device (oscillating accessory device) 722. The accessory base device 720 to which the left side decoration member 723 and the right side decoration member 724 are attached, the side light incident display device 730 disposed on the back side of the accessory base device 720, and the accessory base device. 720 and a lower movable accessory unit 740 disposed below the 720.

カバー部材710は、遊技盤ベース部材600に取り付け固定されるものであり、役物ベース装置720及び側方入光表示装置730が収納される前面開口の箱形状に形成されるとともに、後面略中央に表示装置41の表示部が視認される略矩形状の開口711が形成されている。
また、カバー部材710の手前側の縁部には、遊技盤ベース部材600に螺着するためのネジ穴が複数形成されている。 Further, a plurality of screw holes for screwing to the game board base member 600 are formed on the front edge portion of the cover member 710. The cover member 710 is attached and fixed to the game board base member 600. The cover member 710 is formed in a box shape having a front opening in which the accessory base device 720 and the side light incident display device 730 are housed, and is substantially centered on the rear surface. A substantially rectangular opening 711 through which the display unit of the display device 41 is visually recognized is formed. The cover member 710 is attached and fixed to the game board base member 600. The cover member 710 is formed in a box shape having a front opening in which the accessory base device 720 and the side light incident display device 730 are housed, and is A substantially rectangular opening 711 through which the display unit of the display device 41 is visually recognized is formed.
In addition, a plurality of screw holes for screwing onto the game board base member 600 are formed in the front edge portion of the cover member 710. In addition, a plurality of screw holes for screwing onto the game board base member 600 are formed in the front edge portion of the cover member 710.

役物ベース装置720は、略中央部に略矩形状の開口部720aが形成され、当該開口部720aの上縁部にセグ装置721及び当該セグ装置721のセグ表示部7211を覆うシャッター装置722が設けられている。また、当該開口部720aの左側部にはセグ装置721を上下動させる第1上下動機構725が設けられるとともに当該第1上下動機構725の前面を覆う左サイド装飾部材723が設けられている。また同様に当該開口部720aの右側部には第2上下動機構726が設けられるとともに当該第2上下動機構726の前面を覆う右サイド装飾部材724が設けられている。
また、当該開口部720aの下縁部は、遊技機10の前面側から下可動役物ユニット740の動作を視認可能なようにクリア部材で形成され、下可動役物ユニット740の上面及び前面を覆うように形成されている。 Further, the lower edge portion of the opening 720a is formed of a clear member so that the operation of the lower movable accessory unit 740 can be visually recognized from the front side of the game machine 10, and the upper surface and the front surface of the lower movable accessory unit 740 are formed. It is formed to cover.
さらに、役物ベース装置720の裏面側には、当該役物ベース装置720の開口部720aを閉塞するように側方入光表示装置730の表示部を構成する導光板731(後述)が取り付けられている(図11参照)。 Further, on the back surface side of the accessory base device 720, a light guide plate 731 (described later) constituting the display unit of the side incoming light display device 730 is attached so as to close the opening 720a of the accessory base device 720. (See FIG. 11). In the accessory base device 720, a substantially rectangular opening 720a is formed at a substantially central portion, and a shutter device 722 that covers the seg device 721 and the seg display portion 7211 of the seg device 721 at the upper edge of the opening 720a. Is provided. A first vertical movement mechanism 725 that moves the segment device 721 up and down is provided on the left side of the opening 720a, and a left side decoration member 723 that covers the front surface of the first vertical movement mechanism 725 is provided. Similarly, a second vertical movement mechanism 726 is provided on the right side of the opening 720a, and a right side decorative member 724 that covers the front surface of the second vertical movement mechanism 726 is provided. In the accessory base device 720, a substantially rectangular opening 720a is formed at a substantially central portion, and a shutter device 722 that covers the seg device 721 and the seg display portion 7211 of the seg device 721 at the upper edge of the opening 720a Is provided. A first vertical movement mechanism 725 that moves the segment device 721 up and down is provided on the left side of the opening 720a, and a left side decoration member 723 that covers the front surface of the first vertical movement mechanism 725 is Similarly, a second vertical movement mechanism 726 is provided on the right side of the opening 720a, and a right side decorative member 724 that covers the front surface of the second vertical movement mechanism 726 is provided.
The lower edge portion of the opening 720a is formed of a clear member so that the operation of the lower movable accessory unit 740 can be visually recognized from the front side of the gaming machine 10, and the upper and front surfaces of the lower movable accessory unit 740 are formed. It is formed to cover. The lower edge portion of the opening 720a is formed of a clear member so that the operation of the lower movable accessory unit 740 can be visually recognized from the front side of the gaming machine 10, and the upper and front surfaces of the lower movable accessory unit unit 740 are formed. It is formed to cover.
Further, a light guide plate 731 (described later) constituting the display unit of the side light incident display device 730 is attached to the back side of the accessory base device 720 so as to close the opening 720a of the accessory base device 720. (See FIG. 11). Further, a light guide plate 731 (described later) later the display unit of the side light incident display device 730 is attached to the back side of the accessory base device 720 so as to close the opening 720a of the accessory base device 720. See FIG. 11).

側方入光表示装置730は、導光板731の側面から照射した光を当該導光板731の平面部に形成されたパターン溝(異方性反射パターン)で反射させることにより、当該パターン溝で表される識別情報(例えば文字や図形)を発光表示させる装置であり、役物ベース装置720の開口部720aを介して遊技機10の前面側から当該発光表示を視認可能となっている。   The side light incident display device 730 reflects the light irradiated from the side surface of the light guide plate 731 by a pattern groove (anisotropic reflection pattern) formed on the flat portion of the light guide plate 731, thereby displaying the pattern groove. The identification information (for example, characters and graphics) is displayed in a light-emitting manner, and the light-emitting display can be viewed from the front side of the gaming machine 10 through the opening 720a of the accessory base device 720.

下可動役物ユニット740は、表示装置41の前面側で動作する下可動役物装置であり、クリア部材で形成されたセンターケース40のステージ部40i及び役物ベース装置720の下縁部を通してその動作を視認できるように配設されている(図38参照)。 The lower movable accessory unit 740 is a lower movable accessory device that operates on the front side of the display device 41, and is provided through the stage portion 40 i of the center case 40 formed of a clear member and the lower edge portion of the accessory base device 720. It is arranged so that the operation can be visually recognized (see FIG. 38).

次に、側方入光表示装置730の詳細について図9〜図16を参照して説明する。
側方入光表示装置730は、図9に示すように、識別情報(例えば、文字や図形)を発光表示させるためのパターン溝(異方性反射パターン)が形成された導光板731と、当該導光板731の側面から光を照射する複数のLEDユニット732,…と、当該複数のLEDユニット732,…をそれぞれ所定の位置に配設するためのLEDユニット止着部材733とを備えている。 As shown in FIG. 9, the side incoming light display device 730 includes a light guide plate 731 formed with a pattern groove (anisotropic reflection pattern) for displaying identification information (for example, characters and figures) by light emission, and the light guide plate 731. A plurality of LED units 732, ... That irradiate light from the side surface of the light guide plate 731, and an LED unit fastening member 733 for disposing the plurality of LED units 732, ... At predetermined positions are provided. Next, details of the side light incident display device 730 will be described with reference to FIGS. Next, details of the side light incident display device 730 will be described with reference to FIGS.
As shown in FIG. 9, the side light incident display device 730 includes a light guide plate 731 in which pattern grooves (anisotropic reflection patterns) for emitting and displaying identification information (for example, characters and figures) are formed, A plurality of LED units 732,... Irradiating light from the side surface of the light guide plate 731 and an LED unit fixing member 733 for arranging the plurality of LED units 732,. As shown in FIG. 9, the side light incident display device 730 includes a light guide plate 731 in which pattern grooves (anisotropic reflection patterns) for emitting and displaying identification information (for example, characters and figures) are formed, A plurality of LED units 732, ... Irradiating light from the side surface of the light guide plate 731 and an LED unit fixing member 733 for arranging the plurality of LED units 732 ,.

導光板731は、例えば略矩形板状の透明なアクリル板で形成され、導光板731の平面部には4分割してなる領域のうち、右上部(遊技機10の前面側から見て)の第1領域H1、左上部の第2領域H2、右下部の第3領域H3、及び左下部の第4領域H4のそれぞれに識別情報(例えば、文字や図形)を発光表示させるためのパターン溝が形成されている。具体的には、図15(e)に示すように、第1領域H1には×印、第2領域H2には○印、第3領域には□印、第4領域H4には△印を発光表示させるためのパターン溝がそれぞれ形成されている。
また、導光板731の縁部には、役物ベース装置720に螺着するためのネジ穴が複数形成されている。 Further, a plurality of screw holes for screwing to the accessory base device 720 are formed at the edge of the light guide plate 731. The light guide plate 731 is formed of, for example, a substantially rectangular plate-shaped transparent acrylic plate, and the upper right portion (as viewed from the front side of the gaming machine 10) of the four divided areas on the plane portion of the light guide plate 731. Pattern grooves for emitting and displaying identification information (for example, characters and figures) in each of the first region H1, the upper left second region H2, the lower right third region H3, and the lower left fourth region H4. Is formed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 15 (e), the first region H1 is marked with an X, the second region H2 is marked with a ◯, the third region is marked with a □, and the fourth region H4 is marked with a △. Pattern grooves for displaying light emission are formed respectively. The light guide plate 731 is formed of, for example, a substantially rectangular plate-shaped transparent acrylic plate, and the upper right portion (as viewed from the front side of the gaming machine 10) of the four divided areas on the plane portion of the light guide plate 731. Pattern grooves for emitting and displaying identification information (for example, characters and figures) in each of the first region H1, the upper left second region H2, the lower right third region H3, and the lower left fourth region H4. Is formed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 15 (e), the first region H1 is marked with an X, the second region H2 is marked with a ◯, the third region is marked with a □, and the fourth region H4 is marked with a △. Pattern grooves for displaying light emission are formed respectively.
In addition, a plurality of screw holes for screwing onto the accessory base device 720 are formed at the edge of the light guide plate 731. In addition, a plurality of screw holes for screwing onto the accessory base device 720 are formed at the edge of the light guide plate 731.

LEDユニット(発光ユニット)732は、導光板731の側面から光を照射させるための装置である。図12に示すように、LEDユニット732は、複数のLED732a1,…、及び当該複数のLED732a1,…それぞれに電力を供給する配線を接続するためのコネクタ部732a2を一列に配設した短冊状のLED基板732aと、複数のLED732a1,…それぞれから照射される光を拡散するレンズ部材732bと、LED基板732a及びレンズ部材732bを挟着する一対のLEDユニット部材732cとを備えている。   The LED unit (light emitting unit) 732 is a device for irradiating light from the side surface of the light guide plate 731. As shown in FIG. 12, the LED unit 732 includes a plurality of LEDs 732a1,..., And a strip-shaped LED in which connector portions 732a2 for connecting power to each of the plurality of LEDs 732a1,. A substrate 732a, a lens member 732b that diffuses light emitted from each of the plurality of LEDs 732a1,..., And a pair of LED unit members 732c that sandwich the LED substrate 732a and the lens member 732b.

レンズ部材732bは平板状をなしており、その長手方向の一側面には複数のLED732a1,…それぞれに対応した位置に半円状の円弧部732b1,…が形成され、各LED732a1から照射された光を拡散することが可能となっている。これにより、レンズ部材732bで光を拡散することによって、導光板731の側面を均等に照射することができ、光を照射したい範囲を適切に照射することができるようになる。
なお、レンズ部材732bの円弧部732b1,…のうち両端のレンズの形状は、図13に示すように、例えば、レンズ部材732bの両端が該レンズ部材732bの長手方向に対して垂直な面を有する扇状のものであっても良い。 As shown in FIG. 13, the shape of the lenses at both ends of the arcuate portions 732b1, ... Of the lens member 732b has, for example, both ends of the lens member 732b having surfaces perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the lens member 732b. It may be fan-shaped. また、レンズ部材732bの両端に沿うような光規制部732c3をレンズユニット部材732cに設けるようにしても良い(図13参照)。 Further, the lens unit member 732c may be provided with light regulation portions 732c3 along both ends of the lens member 732b (see FIG. 13). これにより、LED732a1から照射される光が導光板731の側面以外に漏れることを防止することができるようになる。 This makes it possible to prevent the light emitted from the LED 732a1 from leaking to other than the side surface of the light guide plate 731. The lens member 732b has a flat plate shape, and a semicircular arc portion 732b1,... Is formed at a position corresponding to each of the plurality of LEDs 732a1,. It is possible to diffuse. Thereby, by diffusing light with the lens member 732b, the side surface of the light guide plate 731 can be evenly irradiated, and a range where light is desired to be irradiated can be appropriately irradiated. The lens member 732b has a flat plate shape, and a semicircular arc portion 732b1, ... Is formed at a position corresponding to each of the plurality of LEDs 732a1,. It is possible to diffuse. Thus, by diffusing light with the lens member 732b, the side surface of the light guide plate 731 can be evenly disposed, and a range where light is desired to be appropriately can be appropriately disposed.
In addition, as for the shape of the lens of both ends among circular arc part 732b1, ... of the lens member 732b, as shown in FIG. 13, both ends of the lens member 732b have a surface perpendicular | vertical with respect to the longitudinal direction of this lens member 732b, for example. It may be fan-shaped. Moreover, you may make it provide the light control part 732c3 along the both ends of the lens member 732b in the lens unit member 732c (refer FIG. 13). Accordingly, it is possible to prevent light emitted from the LED 732a1 from leaking to the side other than the side surface of the light guide plate 731. In addition, as for the shape of the lens of both ends among circular arc part 732b1, ... of the lens member 732b, as shown in FIG. 13, both ends of the lens member 732b have a surface perpendicular | vertical with respect to the longitudinal direction of this lens member 732b, for example. It may be fan-shaped. Moreover, you may make it provide the light control part 732c3 along the both ends of the lens member 732b in the lens unit member 732c (refer FIG) 13). Accordingly, it is possible to prevent light emitted from the LED 732a1 from leaking to the side other than the side surface of the light guide plate 731.

一対のLEDユニット部材732cは、それぞれの端部の互いに対向する位置にネジ穴732c1,…が形成されており、一対のLEDユニット部材732cを挟着した状態(図10及び図16参照)でLEDユニット止着部材733の所定の位置に螺着可能となっている。また、LEDユニット部材732cは、LED基板732aを挟着する面に該LED基板732aに設けられた切欠部732a3と係合する突起部732c2を備えている。これにより、切欠部732a3と突起部732c2とを係合させることで、LED基板732aを所定位置に合わせた状態で一対のLEDユニット部材732cに取り付けられるようになる。   The pair of LED unit members 732c are formed with screw holes 732c1,... At positions opposite to each other, and the LED unit members 732c are sandwiched between the LED unit members 732c (see FIGS. 10 and 16). The unit fixing member 733 can be screwed into a predetermined position. The LED unit member 732c includes a protrusion 732c2 that engages with a notch 732a3 provided on the LED substrate 732a on the surface where the LED substrate 732a is sandwiched. Thus, by engaging the notch 732a3 and the protrusion 732c2, the LED board 732a can be attached to the pair of LED unit members 732c in a state where the LED board 732a is aligned with a predetermined position.

具体的には、図11に示すように、導光板731の第1領域H1の右側(遊技機10の前面側から見て)に第1LEDユニット732w、第2領域H2の上側に第2LEDユニット732x、第3領域H3の下側に第3LEDユニット732y、そして第4領域H4の左側に第4LEDユニット732zがそれぞれ配設され、各領域に光を照射するようになっている。なお、図11は、導光板731を遊技機10の裏面側から見た図である。   Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11, the first LED unit 732w is on the right side of the first region H1 of the light guide plate 731 (as viewed from the front side of the gaming machine 10), and the second LED unit 732x is on the upper side of the second region H2. The third LED unit 732y is disposed below the third region H3, and the fourth LED unit 732z is disposed on the left side of the fourth region H4, so that each region is irradiated with light. FIG. 11 is a view of the light guide plate 731 as viewed from the back side of the gaming machine 10.

LEDユニット止着部材733は、図9に示すように、略中央部に略矩形状の開口部733aが形成され、その前面側より導光板731によって閉塞されるようになっている。また、当該開口部733aを介して表示装置41の表示部を視認可能となっている。
また、当該開口部733a右側縁部の略中央より上側に上述した第1LEDユニット732w、当該開口部733a上縁部の略中央より左側に上述した第2LEDユニット732x、当該開口部733a下縁部の略中央より右側に上述した第3LEDユニット732y、及び当該開口部733a左側縁部の略中央より下側に上述した第4LEDユニット732zが配設され、それぞれ導光板731の側面から光を照射可能となっている(図10及び図16参照)。 Further, the first LED unit 732w described above above the substantially center of the right edge portion of the opening 733a, the second LED unit 732x described above above the substantially center of the upper edge portion of the opening 733a, and the lower edge portion of the opening 733a. The above-mentioned third LED unit 732y is arranged on the right side of the substantially center, and the above-mentioned fourth LED unit 732z is arranged below the substantially center of the left edge of the opening 733a, and light can be irradiated from the side surface of the light guide plate 731. (See FIGS. 10 and 16). As shown in FIG. 9, the LED unit fastening member 733 has a substantially rectangular opening 733 a formed in a substantially central portion, and is closed by a light guide plate 731 from the front side. Further, the display portion of the display device 41 can be visually recognized through the opening 733a. As shown in FIG. 9, the LED unit fastener member 733 has a substantially rectangular opening 733 a formed in a substantially central portion, and is closed by a light guide plate 731 from the front side. Further, the display portion of the display device 41 can be visually recognized through the opening 733a.
In addition, the first LED unit 732w described above from substantially the center of the right edge of the opening 733a, the second LED unit 732x described above from the approximate center of the upper edge of the opening 733a, and the lower edge of the opening 733a. The third LED unit 732y described above on the right side from the approximate center and the above-described fourth LED unit 732z are provided below the approximate center of the left side edge of the opening 733a so that light can be emitted from the side surface of the light guide plate 731. (See FIG. 10 and FIG. 16). In addition, the first LED unit 732w described above from substantially the center of the right edge of the opening 733a, the second LED unit 732x described above from the approximate center of the upper edge of the opening 733a, and the lower edge of the opening 733a. The third LED unit 732y described above on the right side from the approximate center and the above-described fourth LED unit 732z are provided below the approximate center of the left side edge of the opening 733a so that light can be emitted from the side surface of the light guide plate 731. (See FIG. 10 and FIG. 16).

次に、側方入光表示装置730における発光表示の原理について図14を参照して説明する。図14に示すように、導光板731の裏面には、当該導光板731の一側面と平行な垂直面f1と、この一側面から入光して当該垂直面f1を透過した光を導光板731の前面側(遊技機10の前面側)に反射させる傾斜面f2と、を備える断面レの字状の溝Tが形成されている。これにより、LEDから照射された光を導光板731の一側面から入光させ、垂直面f1にてそのまま透過させた光を傾斜面f2で反射させ導光板731の前面側に導くことが可能となる。   Next, the principle of light emission display in the side light incident display device 730 will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 14, on the back surface of the light guide plate 731, a vertical surface f <b> 1 parallel to one side surface of the light guide plate 731, and light that has entered from the one side surface and transmitted through the vertical surface f <b> 1. And a slanted surface f2 that is reflected on the front side of the gaming machine 10 (the front side of the gaming machine 10) is formed in a cross-sectionally-shaped groove T. As a result, light emitted from the LED can be incident from one side surface of the light guide plate 731, and the light transmitted through the vertical surface f 1 can be reflected by the inclined surface f 2 and guided to the front side of the light guide plate 731. Become.

そして、本実施形態では、導光板731の第1領域H1には×印を表示するための複数の溝T(異方性反射パターン)、同様に、第2領域H2には○印、第3領域H3には□印、そして第4領域には△印を表示するための複数の溝T(異方性反射パターン)がそれぞれ形成されている。
また、導光板731の第1〜第4の各領域に形成された溝は、当該導光板731の第1〜第4の各領域それぞれの側面に対向配置された各LEDユニット732の光の照射方向に合わせた所定の向き(第1〜第4の各領域における識別情報が遊技機10の前面側に発光表示される方向)に形成されている。 Further, the grooves formed in the first to fourth regions of the light guide plate 731 are irradiated with the light of each LED unit 732 arranged to face the side surfaces of the first to fourth regions of the light guide plate 731. It is formed in a predetermined direction according to the direction (the direction in which the identification information in each of the first to fourth regions is emitted and displayed on the front side of the game machine 10). In the present embodiment, the first region H1 of the light guide plate 731 has a plurality of grooves T (anisotropic reflection patterns) for displaying X marks, and similarly, the second region H2 has ◯ marks and third marks. A plurality of grooves T (anisotropic reflection patterns) for displaying a square mark in the region H3 and a Δ mark in the fourth region are formed. In the present embodiment, the first region H1 of the light guide plate 731 has a plurality of grooves T (anisotropic reflection patterns) for displaying X marks, and similarly, the second region H2 has ◯ marks and third marks. A plurality of grooves T (anisotropic reflection patterns) for displaying a square mark in the region H3 and a Δ mark in the fourth region are formed.
In addition, the grooves formed in the first to fourth regions of the light guide plate 731 are irradiated with light from the LED units 732 disposed opposite to the side surfaces of the first to fourth regions of the light guide plate 731. It is formed in a predetermined direction according to the direction (the direction in which the identification information in each of the first to fourth areas is emitted and displayed on the front side of the gaming machine 10). In addition, the grooves formed in the first to fourth regions of the light guide plate 731 are forming with light from the LED units 732 disposed opposite to the side surfaces of the first to fourth regions of the light guide plate 731. It is formed in a predetermined direction according to the direction (the direction in which the identification information in each of the first to fourth areas is emitted and displayed on the front side of the gaming machine 10).

図15(a)〜(e)には、側方入光表示装置730による発光表示の表示例が示されている。図15(a)は、第1〜第4の各LEDユニット732の何れからも光を照射していないときであり、側方入光表示装置730の表示部には何の表示もなされずに後方に配置された表示装置41による表示画像だけが視認されることとなる。また、図15(b)は、第1〜第4の各LEDユニット732のうち、第2LEDユニット732xにより光が照射されたときの表示例であり、このとき側方入光表示装置730の表示部(第2表示領域H2)には○印が発光表示されることとなる。   FIGS. 15A to 15E show display examples of light emission display by the side light incident display device 730. FIG. 15A shows the case where no light is emitted from any of the first to fourth LED units 732, and no display is made on the display unit of the side light incident display device 730. Only the display image by the display device 41 arranged on the rear side is visually recognized. FIG. 15B is a display example when light is emitted from the second LED unit 732x among the first to fourth LED units 732. At this time, the display of the side light incident display device 730 is displayed. A circle mark is emitted and displayed on the portion (second display area H2).

同様に、図15(c)は、第1〜第4の各LEDユニット732のうち、第1LEDユニット732w及び第2LEDユニット732xにより光が照射されたときの表示例であり、このとき第1表示領域H1には×印そして第2表示領域H2には○印が発光表示されることとなる。また、図15(d)は、第1〜第4の各LEDユニット732のうち、第1LEDユニット732w、第2LEDユニット732x、及び第4LEDユニット732zにより光が照射されたときの表示例であり、このとき第1表示領域H1には×印、第2表示領域H2には○印、そして第4表示領域H4には△印が発光表示されることとなる。さらに、図15(e)は、第1〜第4の各LEDユニット732全てにより光が照射されたときの表示例であり、このとき第1表示領域H1には×印、第2表示領域H2には○印、第3表示領域H3には□印、そして第4表示領域H4には△印が発光表示されることとなる。   Similarly, FIG. 15C is a display example when light is emitted from the first LED unit 732w and the second LED unit 732x among the first to fourth LED units 732. At this time, the first display An X mark is displayed in the area H1, and a ◯ mark is displayed in the second display area H2. Moreover, FIG.15 (d) is a display example when light is irradiated by 1st LED unit 732w, 2nd LED unit 732x, and 4th LED unit 732z among 1st-4th LED units 732, At this time, the X mark is displayed in the first display area H1, the ◯ mark is displayed in the second display area H2, and the Δ mark is displayed in the fourth display area H4. Further, FIG. 15E is a display example when light is emitted from all of the first to fourth LED units 732. At this time, the first display area H1 is marked with an X and the second display area H2. Is indicated by light emission, the third display area H3 is indicated by □, and the fourth display area H4 is indicated by Δ.

次に、役物ベース装置720の構成について図17〜図27を参照して説明する。
図17は、役物ベース装置720の正面図である。 FIG. 17 is a front view of the accessory base device 720. 役物ベース装置720は、図17に示すように、正面視で略矩形の枠状をしたフレーム750と、フレーム750の前面側に取り付けられ、フレーム750に対して上下方向に移動可能なセグ装置721と、フレーム750の左側部に設けられる第1上下動機構725と、フレーム750の右側部に設けられる第2上下動機構726と、フレーム750の上部からセグ装置721の前面側にかけて設けられるシャッター装置722と、フレーム750の前面下部を覆う下部前面カバー部材727などから構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 17, the accessory base device 720 is a frame 750 having a substantially rectangular frame shape when viewed from the front, and a seg device attached to the front side of the frame 750 and movable in the vertical direction with respect to the frame 750. The 721, the first vertical movement mechanism 725 provided on the left side of the frame 750, the second vertical movement mechanism 726 provided on the right side of the frame 750, and the shutter provided from the upper part of the frame 750 to the front side of the seg device 721. It is composed of a device 722, a lower front cover member 727 that covers the lower front portion of the frame 750, and the like. フレーム750中央の開口部720aからは、表示装置41の表示部及び側方入光表示装置730の表示部が視認可能となっている。 From the opening 720a at the center of the frame 750, the display unit of the display device 41 and the display unit of the side incoming light display device 730 can be visually recognized. フレーム750の上部左側端には第1配線係止部750aが形成されている。 A first wiring locking portion 750a is formed at the upper left end of the frame 750. また、フレーム750の上部右側端には第2配線係止部750b、フレーム750の右側上端には第1結束部750c、フレーム750の左側上部には第2結束部750dがそれぞれ形成されている。 A second wiring locking portion 750b is formed at the upper right end of the frame 750, a first binding portion 750c is formed at the upper right end of the frame 750, and a second binding portion 750d is formed at the upper left end of the frame 750. Next, the configuration of the accessory base device 720 will be described with reference to FIGS. Next, the configuration of the accessory base device 720 will be described with reference to FIGS.
FIG. 17 is a front view of the accessory base device 720. As shown in FIG. 17, the accessory base device 720 includes a frame 750 having a substantially rectangular frame shape when viewed from the front, and a seg device attached to the front side of the frame 750 and movable in the vertical direction with respect to the frame 750. 721, a first vertical movement mechanism 725 provided on the left side of the frame 750, a second vertical movement mechanism 726 provided on the right side of the frame 750, and a shutter provided from the upper part of the frame 750 to the front side of the seg device 721. The apparatus 722 includes a lower front cover member 727 that covers the lower front surface of the frame 750. From the opening 720a at the center of the frame 750, the display unit of the display device 41 and the display unit of the side light incident display device 730 are visible. A first wiring locking portion 750 a is formed at the upper left end of the frame 750. A second wirin FIG. 17 is a front view of the accessory base device 720. As shown in FIG. 17, the accessory base device 720 includes a frame 750 having a substantially rectangular frame shape when viewed from the front, and a seg device attached to the front side of the frame 750 and movable in the vertical direction with respect to the frame 750. 721, a first vertical movement mechanism 725 provided on the left side of the frame 750, a second vertical movement mechanism 726 provided on the right side of the frame 750, and a shutter provided from the upper part of the frame 750 to the front side of the seg device 721. The apparatus 722 includes a lower front cover member 727 that covers the lower front surface of the frame 750. From the opening 720a at The center of the frame 750, the display unit of the display device 41 and the display unit of the side light incident display device 730 are visible. A first wiring locking portion 750 a is formed at the upper left end of the frame 750. A second wirin g locking portion 750b is formed at the upper right end of the frame 750, a first binding portion 750c is formed at the upper right end of the frame 750, and a second binding portion 750d is formed at the upper left portion of the frame 750. g locking portion 750b is formed at the upper right end of the frame 750, a first binding portion 750c is formed at the upper right end of the frame 750, and a second binding portion 750d is formed at the upper left portion of the frame 750 ..

図18は、図17の左上部を拡大した図である。
フレーム750の前面には、図18に示すように、第1上下動機構725から斜め上方へ向かう外側起立壁(第1の起立壁)750eが形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 18, an outer standing wall (first standing wall) 750e extending diagonally upward from the first vertical movement mechanism 725 is formed on the front surface of the frame 750. 外側起立壁750eの上部は鉛直方向に沿って延設されている。 The upper part of the outer upright wall 750e extends along the vertical direction. また、フレーム750の前面であって外側起立壁750eよりもセグ装置721側には、軸側起立壁(第2の起立壁)750fが鉛直方向に沿って形成されている。 Further, an axial side standing wall (second standing wall) 750f is formed along the vertical direction on the front surface of the frame 750 and on the seg device 721 side of the outer standing wall 750e. また、軸側起立壁750fの下端には、円柱状の配線軸部750gが軸側起立壁750fと一体に形成されている。 Further, at the lower end of the shaft-side upright wall 750f, a columnar wiring shaft portion 750 g is formed integrally with the shaft-side upright wall 750f. 外側起立壁750eの上部と軸側起立壁750fの下部とは、所定間隔を空けて水平方向に並びつつ対向している。 The upper part of the outer upright wall 750e and the lower part of the axial side upright wall 750f face each other while being arranged in the horizontal direction with a predetermined interval. FIG. 18 is an enlarged view of the upper left part of FIG. FIG. 18 is an enlarged view of the upper left part of FIG.
As shown in FIG. 18, an outer standing wall (first standing wall) 750 e that extends obliquely upward from the first vertical movement mechanism 725 is formed on the front surface of the frame 750. The upper part of the outer standing wall 750e extends along the vertical direction. In addition, an axial side standing wall (second standing wall) 750f is formed along the vertical direction on the front surface of the frame 750 and closer to the seg device 721 than the outer standing wall 750e. In addition, a cylindrical wiring shaft portion 750g is formed integrally with the shaft-side standing wall 750f at the lower end of the shaft-side standing wall 750f. The upper part of the outer standing wall 750e and the lower part of the shaft side standing wall 750f are opposed to each other while being arranged in the horizontal direction with a predetermined interval. As shown in FIG. 18, an outer standing wall (first standing wall) 750 e that extends obliquely upward from the first vertical movement mechanism 725 is formed on the front surface of the frame 750. The upper part of the outer standing wall 750e extends In addition, an axial side standing wall (second standing wall) 750f is formed along the vertical direction on the front surface of the frame 750 and closer to the seg device 721 than the outer standing wall 750e. In addition, a cylindrical wiring shaft portion 750g is formed with the shaft-side standing wall 750f at the lower end of the shaft-side standing wall 750f. The upper part of the outer standing wall 750e and the lower part of the shaft side standing wall 750f are opposed to each other while being arranged in the horizontal direction with a predetermined interval.

図19は、図18に示した箇所を斜め前方から見た斜視図である。
外側起立壁750e及び軸側起立壁750fは、図19に示すように、フレーム750前面に対し垂直に起立している。 As shown in FIG. 19, the outer upright wall 750e and the axial side upright wall 750f stand upright with respect to the front surface of the frame 750. 配線軸部750gもフレーム750に対し垂直に立てられている。 The wiring shaft portion 750 g is also erected perpendicular to the frame 750. 外側起立壁750e及び軸側起立壁750fはともに、第1上下動機構725の第1ラック725dの前後方向の厚さとほぼ等しい高さに形成されている。 Both the outer standing wall 750e and the axial side standing wall 750f are formed at a height substantially equal to the thickness in the front-rear direction of the first rack 725d of the first vertical movement mechanism 725. このように構成されたフレーム750左側部前面に左サイド装飾部材723(図8参照)が取り付けられることにより、外側起立壁750eの上部、軸側起立壁750fの下部、フレーム750の前面及び左サイド装飾部材723の裏面によって、図18に示したように、セグ装置721の左側端に接続されるセグ用配線721c3を役物ベース装置720の外側に導出する配線導出部720bが形成されるとともに、配線可動領域720cが形成される。 By attaching the left side decorative member 723 (see FIG. 8) to the front left side of the frame 750 configured in this way, the upper part of the outer standing wall 750e, the lower part of the axial side standing wall 750f, the front side and the left side of the frame 750. As shown in FIG. 18, the back surface of the decorative member 723 forms a wiring lead-out portion 720b for leading the seg wiring 721c3 connected to the left end of the seg device 721 to the outside of the accessory base device 720. A wiring movable region 720c is formed. 配線可動領域720cは、セグ装置721との接続部近傍のセグ用配線721c3がセグ装置721の上下動に伴って上下動するのを可能とする。 The wiring movable region 720c enables the seg wiring 721c3 in the vicinity of the connection portion with the seg device 721 to move up and down with the vertical movement of the seg device 721. 一方、配線導出部720bにおいてはセグ用配線721c3の上下動がほぼ規制されている。 On the other hand, in the wiring lead-out unit 720b, the vertical movement of the seg wiring 721c3 is substantially restricted. 配線導出部720bでは前述したように、外側起立壁750eの上部と軸側起立壁750fの下部とが、所定間隔を空けて水平方向に並びつつ対向しているとともに、鉛直方向を向いているため、配線導出部720bが役物ベース装置720の側方から針金等の侵入を防ぐための忍び返し領域として機能する。 In the wiring lead-out unit 720b, as described above, the upper part of the outer standing wall 750e and the lower part of the axial side standing wall 750f face each other while being lined up in the horizontal direction with a predetermined interval, and are facing in the vertical direction. The wiring lead-out unit 720b functions as a plumb bob area for preventing the intrusion of wires and the like from the side of the accessory base device 720. FIG. 19 is a perspective view of the part shown in FIG. 18 as viewed obliquely from the front. FIG. 19 is a perspective view of the part shown in FIG. 18 as viewed obliquely from the front.
As shown in FIG. 19, the outer standing wall 750 e and the shaft side standing wall 750 f stand upright with respect to the front surface of the frame 750. The wiring shaft portion 750g is also set up perpendicular to the frame 750. Both the outer standing wall 750e and the shaft side standing wall 750f are formed to have a height substantially equal to the thickness in the front-rear direction of the first rack 725d of the first vertical movement mechanism 725. The left side decorative member 723 (see FIG. 8) is attached to the front surface of the left side of the frame 750 configured in this manner, so that the upper part of the outer standing wall 750e, the lower part of the shaft side standing wall 750f, the front surface of the frame 750, and the left side As shown in FIG. 18, the back surface of the decorative member 723 forms a wiring lead-out portion 720 b that leads the segment wiring 721 c 3 connected to the left end of the segment device 721 to the outside of the accessory As shown in FIG. 19, the outer standing wall 750 e and the shaft side standing wall 750 f stand upright with respect to the front surface of the frame 750. The wiring shaft portion 750g is also set up perpendicular to the frame 750. Both the outer standing wall 750e and the shaft side standing wall 750f are formed to have a height substantially equal to the thickness in the front-rear direction of the first rack 725d of the first vertical movement mechanism 725. The left side decorative member 723 (see) FIG. 8) is attached to the front surface of the left side of the frame 750 configured in this manner, so that the upper part of the outer standing wall 750e, the lower part of the shaft side standing wall 750f, the front surface of the frame 750, and the left side As shown in FIG. 18, the back surface of the decorative member 723 forms a wiring lead-out portion 720 b that leads the segment wiring 721 c 3 connected to the left end of the segment device 721 to the outside of the accessory base device 720. A wiring movable region 720c is formed. The wiring movable region 720 c enables the seg wiring 721 c 3 in the vicinity of the connection portion with the seg device 721 to move up and down as the seg device 721 moves up and down. On the other hand, in the wiring lead-out portion 720b, the vertical movement of the segment wiring 721c3 is substantially restricted. In the wiring lead-out portion 720b, as described above, the upper part of the outer standing wall 750e and the lower part of the shaft-side standing wall 750f are opposed to each other while being aligned in the horizontal direction at a predetermined interval, and are directed in the vertical direction. The wiring lead-out portion 720b functions as a break-through area for preventing intrusion of a wire or the like from the side of the accessory base device 720. base device 720. A wiring movable region 720c is formed. The wiring movable region 720 c enables the seg wiring 721 c 3 in the vicinity of the connection portion with the seg device 721 to move up and down as the seg device 721 moves up and down. On the other hand, in the wiring lead-out portion 720b, the vertical movement of the segment wiring 721c3 is substantially restricted. In the wiring lead-out portion 720b, as described above, the upper part of the outer standing wall 750e The wiring lead-out portion 720b functions as a break-through. And the lower part of the shaft-side standing wall 750f are opposed to each other while being aligned in the horizontal direction at a predetermined interval, and are directed in the vertical direction. area for preventing intrusion of a wire or the like from the side of the accessory base device 720.

図20(a)は、セグ装置721が最も上に位置するときの役物ベース装置720の正面図、図20(b)は、セグ装置721が最も下に位置するときの役物ベース装置720の正面図である。前述したように、セグ装置721は、フレーム750に対し上下動可能となっている。具体的には、図20(a)に示す最も上の位置(第1の位置)と図20(b)に示す最も下の位置(第2の位置)との間を、フレーム750前面に沿って上下動する。配線導出部720bは、セグ装置721が最も上の位置にあるときのセグ装置721とセグ用配線721c3との接続部(後述する配線挿通口7215)と、セグ装置721が最も下の位置にあるときの接続部とから略等距離に位置している。すなわち、配線導出部720bは、セグ装置721が最も上の位置にあるときの接続部の位置と、セグ装置721が最も下にあるときの接続部の位置との略中間の高さに位置している。セグ装置721が最も下にあるとき、セグ用配線721c3は、接続部から配線導出部720bにかけてほぼ真っ直ぐに延び、セグ装置721が上昇すると、セグ用配線721c3が配線軸部750gに当接して折り曲げられる。このとき、外側起立壁750e、軸側起立壁750f、フレーム750前面、左サイド装飾部材723の裏面は、セグ用配線721c3が配線可動領域720cの外部にはみ出さないようにその動きを規制する規制部として機能している。   20A is a front view of the accessory base device 720 when the seg device 721 is located at the uppermost position, and FIG. 20B is a front view of the accessory base device 720 when the seg device 721 is located at the lowest position. FIG. As described above, the seg device 721 can move up and down with respect to the frame 750. Specifically, along the front surface of the frame 750 between the uppermost position (first position) shown in FIG. 20A and the lowermost position (second position) shown in FIG. Move up and down. The wiring lead-out portion 720b has a connection portion (wiring insertion port 7215 described later) between the seg device 721 and the seg wiring 721c3 when the seg device 721 is at the uppermost position, and the seg device 721 is at the lowermost position. It is located at approximately the same distance from the connecting part. That is, the wiring lead-out portion 720b is positioned at a substantially intermediate height between the position of the connecting portion when the seg device 721 is at the uppermost position and the position of the connecting portion when the seg device 721 is at the lowermost position. ing. When the seg device 721 is at the lowermost position, the seg wiring 721c3 extends almost straight from the connection portion to the wiring lead-out portion 720b. It is done. At this time, the outer standing wall 750e, the shaft-side standing wall 750f, the front surface of the frame 750, and the rear surface of the left side decoration member 723 are restricted so that the seg wiring 721c3 does not protrude outside the movable wiring region 720c. It functions as a department.

第1上下動機構725は、図18に示したように、第1モータ725aと、第1モータ725aの回転軸に取り付けられたピニオン(図示省略)と咬合する第1ギア725bと、第1ギア725bと咬合する第2ギア725cと、第2ギア725cと咬合しフレーム750の側部に沿って上下方向に摺動する第1ラック725dなどを有している。外側起立壁750eの下部は、第1モータ725aの外周形状に沿うように、セグ装置721が配置された方向に向かって円弧状に湾曲した湾曲部750e1となっており、第1モータ725aは、この湾曲部750e1にガイドされる形でフレーム750に固定されている。第1モータ725aは演出制御装置300の盤演出モータ/SOL制御回路334に接続され、盤演出モータ/SOL制御回路334から電力が供給されることにより回転する。そして、第1モータ725aの回転により、第1ラック725dがフレーム750に対し上下方向に移動する。   As shown in FIG. 18, the first vertical movement mechanism 725 includes a first motor 725a, a first gear 725b that meshes with a pinion (not shown) attached to the rotation shaft of the first motor 725a, and a first gear. A second gear 725c that meshes with 725b, and a first rack 725d that meshes with the second gear 725c and slides up and down along the side of the frame 750. The lower part of the outer standing wall 750e is a curved portion 750e1 that is curved in an arc shape toward the direction in which the seg device 721 is arranged so as to follow the outer peripheral shape of the first motor 725a. It is fixed to the frame 750 so as to be guided by the curved portion 750e1. The first motor 725a is connected to the board effect motor / SOL control circuit 334 of the effect control device 300, and rotates when electric power is supplied from the board effect motor / SOL control circuit 334. The first rack 725d moves in the vertical direction with respect to the frame 750 by the rotation of the first motor 725a.

第2上下動機構726は、図17に示したように、第2モータ726aと、第2モータ726aの回転軸に取り付けられたピニオン(図示省略)と咬合する第3ギア726b(図11参照)と、第3ギア726bと咬合する第4ギア726c(図11参照)と、第4ギア726cと咬合しフレーム750の側部に沿って上下方向に摺動する第2ラック726dなどを有している。第2モータ726a、第3ギア726b、第4ギア726c及び第2ラック726dは、役物ベース装置720の中心に関して第1上下動機構725と線対称に配置されている。第2モータ726aも演出制御装置300の盤演出モータ/SOL制御回路334に接続され、盤演出モータ/SOL制御回路334から電力が供給されることにより回転する。第2モータ726aは、第1モータ725aと同時かつ第1モータ725aとは反対方向に回転するように制御される。そして、第2モータ726aの回転により、第2ラック726dが、常に第1ラック725dと同じ高さに位置するようにフレーム750に対して上下方向に移動する。   As shown in FIG. 17, the second vertical movement mechanism 726 includes a second gear 726b (see FIG. 11) that meshes with the second motor 726a and a pinion (not shown) attached to the rotating shaft of the second motor 726a. A fourth gear 726c (see FIG. 11) that meshes with the third gear 726b, a second rack 726d that meshes with the fourth gear 726c and slides up and down along the side of the frame 750, and the like. Yes. The second motor 726a, the third gear 726b, the fourth gear 726c, and the second rack 726d are arranged in line symmetry with the first vertical movement mechanism 725 with respect to the center of the accessory base device 720. The second motor 726a is also connected to the board effect motor / SOL control circuit 334 of the effect control device 300, and rotates when electric power is supplied from the board effect motor / SOL control circuit 334. The second motor 726a is controlled to rotate simultaneously with the first motor 725a and in the opposite direction to the first motor 725a. Then, by the rotation of the second motor 726a, the second rack 726d moves up and down with respect to the frame 750 so that the second rack 726d is always located at the same height as the first rack 725d.

下部前面カバー部材727は、クリア部材で形成されている。この下部前面カバー部材727の後方には、下可動役物ユニット740が配置され、図10に示したように、下可動役物ユニット740の前面及び上面が下部前面カバー部材727によって覆われる。このため、前方から下部前面カバー部材727を通して下可動役物ユニット740の動作が視認可能となるとともに、下可動役物ユニット740への遊技球の進入を防止可能となっている。   The lower front cover member 727 is formed of a clear member. A lower movable accessory unit 740 is disposed behind the lower front cover member 727, and the front and upper surfaces of the lower movable accessory unit 740 are covered by the lower front cover member 727 as shown in FIG. Therefore, the operation of the lower movable accessory unit 740 can be visually recognized from the front through the lower front cover member 727, and the game ball can be prevented from entering the lower movable accessory unit 740.

図21(a)は、セグ装置721の正面図である。セグ装置721は、フレーム750に対し上下動可能に設けられる可動装置である。セグ装置721の中央部には、セグ表示部7211が設けられている。セグ表示部7211は、左側の第一特別図柄を表示する第1特図表示部7212、右側の第二特別図柄を表示する第2特図表示部7213、中央の第三特別図柄を表示する第3特図表示部7214で構成されている。各特図表示部7212〜7214は、7セグメント表示によりそれぞれ0〜9の10種類の数字を表示可能である。また、セグ装置721は、セグ表示部7211の周囲を発光させる演出表示が可能となっている。セグ装置721の左右両端には、第1,第2ラック725d,726dの上部と連結するための連結部721b,721bがそれぞれ形成されている。   FIG. 21A is a front view of the seg device 721. The segment device 721 is a movable device provided so as to be movable up and down with respect to the frame 750. A seg display unit 7211 is provided at the center of the seg device 721. The segment display unit 7211 includes a first special symbol display unit 7212 that displays the first special symbol on the left side, a second special symbol display unit 7213 that displays the second special symbol on the right side, and a third special symbol that displays the third special symbol in the center. 3 special figure display part 7214 is comprised. Each special figure display part 7212-7214 can display ten kinds of numbers of 0-9, respectively by 7 segment display. In addition, the seg device 721 can perform an effect display that emits light around the seg display unit 7211. Connecting portions 721b and 721b for connecting to the upper portions of the first and second racks 725d and 726d are formed on the left and right ends of the segment device 721, respectively.

図21(b)は、セグ装置721の分解斜視図である。セグ装置721は、図21(b)に示すように、セグ装置ベース部材721aと、セグ装置ベース部材721aの左側部に被せられる第1配線カバー721b1及び右側部に被せられる第2配線カバー721b2と、セグ装置ベース部材721aの中央部前面側に取り付けられるセグ基板721cと、セグ基板721cの前面側に配置されるリフレクタ721dと、リフレクタ721dの前面側に配置される拡散シート721eと、拡散シート721eの前面側に配置されセグレンズ721fと、セグレンズ721fの周縁部を囲む内フレーム721gと、これらの各部材を収納するとともに固定する外フレーム721hなどを有している。   FIG. 21B is an exploded perspective view of the seg device 721. As shown in FIG. 21B, the seg device 721 includes a seg device base member 721a, a first wiring cover 721b1 that covers the left side of the seg device base member 721a, and a second wiring cover 721b2 that covers the right side. The seg board 721c attached to the front side of the center of the seg device base member 721a, the reflector 721d arranged on the front side of the seg board 721c, the diffusion sheet 721e arranged on the front side of the reflector 721d, and the diffusion sheet 721e Seg lens 721f, an inner frame 721g surrounding the periphery of the seg lens 721f, an outer frame 721h for housing and fixing these members, and the like.

図22は、図21(b)の一部を拡大した図である。リフレクタ721dは、リフレクタ721dの背後で発光するLED721c1の光を前方へ向けるとともにセグ表示部7211の周囲の光を遮断し、セグ表示部7211で表示される数字の視認性を高めるものである。リフレクタ721dは、略楕円形の基部721d1と基部721d1の前面に複数設けられた筒部721d2とからなる。基部721d1にはセグ表示部7211の各特図表示部7212〜7214の個々のセグメントごとに対応する複数の開口721d3(図23参照)が形成されている。基部721d1前面には、各開口721d3ごとに、各開口721d3の形状に対応した断面形状を有する複数の筒部721d2が前方に向かって形成されている。各筒部721d2の内部は前後方向に貫通する空洞となっており、各開口721d3と連通している。また基部721d1であって各開口721d3の周囲には、開口721d3を囲むようにして複数の孔721d4が形成されている。   FIG. 22 is an enlarged view of a part of FIG. The reflector 721d directs the light of the LED 721c1 that emits light behind the reflector 721d to the front and blocks the light around the seg display unit 7211, thereby improving the visibility of the numbers displayed on the seg display unit 7211. The reflector 721d includes a substantially elliptical base 721d1 and a plurality of cylindrical portions 721d2 provided on the front surface of the base 721d1. In the base 721d1, a plurality of openings 721d3 (see FIG. 23) corresponding to the individual segments of the special figure display units 7212 to 7214 of the segment display unit 7211 are formed. A plurality of cylindrical portions 721d2 having a cross-sectional shape corresponding to the shape of each opening 721d3 are formed on the front surface of the base 721d1 for each opening 721d3 toward the front. The inside of each cylindrical portion 721d2 is a cavity that penetrates in the front-rear direction and communicates with each opening 721d3. In addition, a plurality of holes 721d4 are formed around the openings 721d3 in the base 721d1 so as to surround the openings 721d3.

セグ基板721cの表面には、複数のLED721c1が実装されている。各LED721c1は、図23(a)に示すように、各特図表示部7212〜7214の個々のセグメント及び各孔721d4にそれぞれ対応するように、すなわち、セグ基板721cをリフレクタ721dと重ねたときに、リフレクタ721dの各開口721d3及びその周囲の孔721d4に一つずつ配置されるように実装されている。セグメント用のLED721c1は、筒部721d2によって囲繞されるとともに、周囲部用のLED721c1と隔てられている。セグ基板721cの裏面には、図22に示したように、コネクタ721c2が取り付けられている。コネクタ721c2にはセグ用配線721c3の一端が接続されている。セグ用配線721c3の他端は演出制御装置300の盤装飾LED制御回路332に接続され、盤装飾LED制御回路332から供給される電力によって所定のLED721c1が点灯するようになっている。例えば、数字を表示するときにはセグメント表示用のLED721c1を点灯させ、数字の周囲を光らせたいときには周囲部用のLED721c1を点灯させる。   A plurality of LEDs 721c1 are mounted on the surface of the seg substrate 721c. As shown in FIG. 23A, each LED 721c1 corresponds to each segment and each hole 721d4 of each special figure display unit 7212 to 7214, that is, when the seg substrate 721c is overlapped with the reflector 721d. The reflector 721d is mounted so as to be arranged one by one in each opening 721d3 and the surrounding hole 721d4. The segment LED 721c1 is surrounded by the cylindrical portion 721d2 and is separated from the peripheral LED 721c1. As shown in FIG. 22, a connector 721c2 is attached to the back surface of the seg substrate 721c. One end of a segment wiring 721c3 is connected to the connector 721c2. The other end of the segment wiring 721c3 is connected to the panel decoration LED control circuit 332 of the effect control device 300, and a predetermined LED 721c1 is lit by the power supplied from the panel decoration LED control circuit 332. For example, when displaying numbers, the segment display LED 721c1 is turned on, and when it is desired to shine around the number, the surrounding LED 721c1 is turned on.

セグ装置ベース部材721aの上下には、図22に示したように、その形状に沿って前方に起立する上起立壁721a1と下起立壁721a2がそれぞれ形成されている。セグ装置ベース部材721aの左右両側部に第1配線カバー721b1及び第2配線カバー721b2が被せられることにより、セグ用配線721c3を通すための配線連通部721a3が形成される。セグ装置ベース部材721aの中央部には、電子部品用開口部721a4が形成されている。電子部品用開口部721a4は、セグ装置ベース部材721aをセグ基板721cに重ねて背面側から見たときに、セグ基板721cの裏面から突出する各LED721c1のピンなどの突起が全て囲まれるように形成されている。電子部品用開口部721a4の周囲には前方に向かって起立壁721a5が形成されている。起立壁721a5の高さは、セグ基板721c裏面から突出するピンなどの突起の高さと同程度となっている。また、電子部品用開口部721a4の側方であってセグ基板721cのコネクタ721c2に対応する箇所(LED721c1の裏面に対応しない箇所)にはコネクタ用開口部721a6が形成されている。コネクタ用開口部721a6の周囲であって、セグ基板721cからセグ用配線721c3が延出する方向(図21の左側)には、セグ基板721cに向かって起立する起立壁を形成しない配線延出空間が形成されている。なお、強度の面などで問題がある場合には、必ずしも一つの電子部品用開口部721a4で全てのLED721c1を囲む必要は無く、複数(例えば2,3個)の開口でそれぞれ囲むようにしてもよい。また、セグ装置ベース部材721aの各LED721c1の裏面及び他の突起と対応する位置に、複数の小さな孔を電子部品用開口部721a4としてそれぞれ形成し、電子部品用開口部721a4の形成面積を最小限にとどめるようにしてもよい。また、コネクタ用開口部721a6に、セグ用配線721c3が通る左側の配線連通部721a3の方向に向かって開放するコ字状あるいはC字状の起立壁を形成し、コネクタ用開口部721a6の周縁部であって起立壁の形成されていない箇所をセグ用配線721c3を通すための配線延出空間としてもよい。   As shown in FIG. 22, an upper upright wall 721a1 and a lower upright wall 721a2 are formed on the upper and lower sides of the seg device base member 721a. By covering the left and right sides of the seg device base member 721a with the first wiring cover 721b1 and the second wiring cover 721b2, a wiring communication portion 721a3 for passing the seg wiring 721c3 is formed. An electronic component opening 721a4 is formed at the center of the seg device base member 721a. The electronic component opening 721a4 is formed such that when the seg device base member 721a is overlapped with the seg substrate 721c and viewed from the back side, all projections such as pins of the respective LEDs 721c1 protruding from the back side of the seg substrate 721c are surrounded. Has been. A standing wall 721a5 is formed around the opening 721a4 for electronic components toward the front. The height of the upright wall 721a5 is approximately the same as the height of protrusions such as pins protruding from the back surface of the seg substrate 721c. Further, a connector opening 721a6 is formed at a position corresponding to the connector 721c2 of the seg substrate 721c (a position not corresponding to the back surface of the LED 721c1) on the side of the electronic component opening 721a4. A wiring extension space around the connector opening 721a6 and in the direction in which the seg wiring 721c3 extends from the seg board 721c (left side in FIG. 21) does not form a standing wall standing up toward the seg board 721c. Is formed. When there is a problem in terms of strength or the like, it is not always necessary to enclose all the LEDs 721c1 with one electronic component opening 721a4, and they may be surrounded with a plurality of (for example, two or three) openings. In addition, a plurality of small holes are formed as electronic component openings 721a4 at positions corresponding to the back surface of each LED 721c1 and other protrusions of the seg device base member 721a to minimize the formation area of the electronic component opening 721a4. You may make it stop at. Further, a U-shaped or C-shaped standing wall that opens in the direction of the left wiring communication portion 721a3 through which the segment wiring 721c3 passes is formed in the connector opening 721a6, and the peripheral portion of the connector opening 721a6 However, a portion where no standing wall is formed may be used as a wiring extension space for passing the segment wiring 721c3.

セグ装置ベース部材721aの左右両端部では、上起立壁721a1と下起立壁721a2との間隔が狭められることにより、配線挿通口7215(セグ装置721とセグ用配線721c3との接続部)が形成されている。また、配線挿通口7215から外側に向かうに従って互いに上下方向に離れていく上起立壁721a1と下起立壁721a2、セグ装置ベース部材721aの裏面及び第1配線カバー721b1によって正面視扇状の配線誘導部7216が形成されている。配線誘導部7216における上起立壁721a1は、セグ装置721が最も下に位置したときにフレーム750の配線導出部720bの方向を向くように形成されている。また、配線誘導部7216における下起立壁721a2は、セグ装置721が最も上に位置したときに配線導出部720bの方向を向くように形成されている。セグ用配線721c3は、正面視左側の配線連通部721a3を通り、配線挿通口7215からセグ装置721の外部に導出される。導出されたセグ用配線721c3は、セグ装置721が上下動するときに配線挿通口7215を中心として上下に回動するようにして曲がるが、セグ用配線721c3の曲がる範囲は配線誘導部7216によって規制される。   At the left and right ends of the seg device base member 721a, the space between the upper erected wall 721a1 and the lower erected wall 721a2 is narrowed to form a wiring insertion port 7215 (a connecting portion between the seg device 721 and the seg wiring 721c3). ing. Further, the upper standing wall 721a1 and the lower standing wall 721a2, which are separated from each other in the vertical direction toward the outside from the wiring insertion opening 7215, the rear surface of the seg device base member 721a, and the first wiring cover 721b1, the fan-shaped wiring guiding portion 7216 in front view. Is formed. The upper standing wall 721a1 in the wiring guiding portion 7216 is formed to face the direction of the wiring leading portion 720b of the frame 750 when the segment device 721 is positioned at the lowest position. Further, the lower standing wall 721a2 in the wiring guiding portion 7216 is formed so as to face the direction of the wiring lead-out portion 720b when the seg device 721 is located at the uppermost position. The segment wiring 721c3 passes through the wiring communication portion 721a3 on the left side when viewed from the front, and is led out from the segment insertion port 7215 to the outside of the segment device 721. The derived seg wiring 721c3 is bent so that the seg wiring 721c3 rotates up and down around the wiring insertion port 7215 when the seg device 721 moves up and down, but the bending range of the seg wiring 721c3 is restricted by the wiring guiding portion 7216. Is done.

拡散シート721eは、図21(b)に示したように、楕円形の板状をした透明部材で、リフレクタ721dから出てきたLED721c1の光、特にリフレクタ721dの筒部721d2の周囲に設けられた周囲部用のLED721c1から入射された光を面状に拡散して射出する。   As shown in FIG. 21 (b), the diffusion sheet 721e is an elliptical plate-like transparent member, and is provided around the light of the LED 721c1 emitted from the reflector 721d, particularly around the cylindrical portion 721d2 of the reflector 721d. Light incident from the surrounding LED 721c1 is diffused into a planar shape and emitted.

セグレンズ721fは、周縁部に対し中央部が前方に突出した楕円形の透明部材である。また、セグレンズ721fの中央部には、正面視の形状がセグ表示部7211の個々のセグメントごとに対応する形状をなし、前方に向かって突出する複数の凸部721f1が形成されている。そして、各凸部721f1は、リフレクタ721dと重ねたときに、セグ表示部7211の個々のセグメントとそれぞれ重なるようになっている。   The seg lens 721f is an elliptical transparent member whose central portion protrudes forward with respect to the peripheral edge portion. Further, at the center of the seg lens 721f, a plurality of convex portions 721f1 projecting toward the front are formed with the shape of the front view corresponding to each segment of the seg display portion 7211. And each convex part 721f1 overlaps with each segment of the segment display part 7211, respectively, when it overlaps with the reflector 721d.

内フレーム721gは、楕円枠状をした部材である。内フレーム721gにはセグレンズ721fの中央部が嵌め込まれるようになっている。外フレーム721hは、内フレーム721gよりも一回り大きな楕円枠状をしており、前述したセグ基板721c、リフレクタ721d、拡散シート721e、セグレンズ721fおよび内フレーム721gが収納される。   The inner frame 721g is a member having an elliptical frame shape. The center portion of the segment lens 721f is fitted into the inner frame 721g. The outer frame 721h has an elliptical frame shape that is slightly larger than the inner frame 721g, and houses the above-described seg substrate 721c, reflector 721d, diffusion sheet 721e, seg lens 721f, and inner frame 721g.

図23(b)は、セグ装置721中央部の縦断面図である。
外フレーム721hがネジなどによってセグ装置ベース部材721aに固定されることにより、セグ基板721c、リフレクタ721d、拡散シート721e、セグレンズ721f、内フレーム721gがセグ装置ベース部材721aと外フレーム721hとによって挟持される。 By fixing the outer frame 721h to the seg device base member 721a with screws or the like, the seg substrate 721c, the reflector 721d, the diffusion sheet 721e, the seg lens 721f, and the inner frame 721g are sandwiched between the seg device base member 721a and the outer frame 721h. To. そして、リフレクタ721dの筒部721d2を通る光がセグレンズ721fの凸部721f1から射出可能となる。 Then, the light passing through the tubular portion 721d2 of the reflector 721d can be emitted from the convex portion 721f1 of the segment lens 721f. このことにより、セグ表示部7211が強調された迫力ある演出を可能としている。 This makes it possible to produce a powerful effect with the seg display unit 7211 emphasized. また、セグ基板721c裏面に形成されている突起が電子部品用開口部721a4の起立壁721a5によって囲まれる空間に収まり、セグ装置721の裏面から突出しないようになっている。 Further, the protrusion formed on the back surface of the seg substrate 721c fits in the space surrounded by the upright wall 721a5 of the opening 721a4 for electronic components, and does not protrude from the back surface of the seg device 721. また、コネクタ721c2がコネクタ用開口部721a6に収まり、こちらもセグ装置721の裏面から突出しないようになっている。 Further, the connector 721c2 fits in the connector opening 721a6 so as not to protrude from the back surface of the seg device 721. この電子部品用開口部721a4及びコネクタ用開口部721a6により、各開口部721a4、721a6を設けない場合に比べてセグ装置721の前後方向の幅を薄くすることができる。 With the opening 721a4 for electronic components and the opening 721a6 for the connector, the width of the seg device 721 in the front-rear direction can be reduced as compared with the case where the openings 721a4 and 721a6 are not provided. なお、コネクタ用開口部721a6には起立壁が形成されていないので、コネクタ721c2に接続されているセグ用配線721c3はセグ装置ベース部材721aに邪魔されること無くセグ装置721の外部へ導出可能となっている。 Since the upright wall is not formed in the connector opening 721a6, the seg wiring 721c3 connected to the connector 721c2 can be led out to the outside of the seg device 721 without being disturbed by the seg device base member 721a. It has become. FIG. 23B is a longitudinal sectional view of the central portion of the seg device 721. FIG. 23B is a longitudinal sectional view of the central portion of the seg device 721.
By fixing the outer frame 721h to the seg device base member 721a with screws or the like, the seg substrate 721c, the reflector 721d, the diffusion sheet 721e, the seg lens 721f, and the inner frame 721g are sandwiched between the seg device base member 721a and the outer frame 721h. The The light passing through the cylindrical portion 721d2 of the reflector 721d can be emitted from the convex portion 721f1 of the seg lens 721f. This enables a powerful performance in which the segment display unit 7211 is emphasized. In addition, the protrusion formed on the back surface of the seg substrate 721c fits in the space surrounded by the upright wall 721a5 of the opening 721a4 for electronic components, and does not protrude from the back surface of the seg device 721. Further, the connector 721c2 is accommodated in the connector opening 721a6, and this also does not protrude from the back surface of the seg device 721. The electronic component opening 721a4 and the connector opening 721a6 By fixing the outer frame 721h to the seg device base member 721a with screws or the like, the seg substrate 721c, the reflector 721d, the diffusion sheet 721e, the seg lens 721f, and the inner frame 721g are sandwiched between the seg device base member 721a and the outer frame 721h. The light passing through the cylindrical portion 721d2 of the reflector 721d can be emitted from the convex portion 721f1 of the seg lens 721f. This enables a powerful performance in which the segment display unit 7211 is emphasized. In addition, the protrusion formed on the back surface of the seg substrate 721c fits in the space surrounded by the upright wall 721a5 of the opening 721a4 for electronic components, and does not protrude from the back surface of the seg device 721. Further, the connector 721c2 is accommodated in the connector opening 721a6, and this also does not protrude from the back surface of the seg device 721. The electronic component opening 721a4 and the connector opening 721a6 can reduce the width of the seg device 721 in the front-rear direction compared to the case where the openings 721a4 and 721a6 are not provided. In addition, since the standing wall is not formed in the connector opening 721a6, the seg wiring 721c3 connected to the connector 721c2 can be led out of the seg device 721 without being obstructed by the seg device base member 721a. It has become. can reduce the width of the seg device 721 in the front-rear direction compared to the case where the openings 721a4 and 721a6 are not provided. In addition, since the standing wall is not formed in the connector opening 721a6, the seg wiring 721c3 connected to the connector 721c2 can be led out of the seg device 721 without being obstructed by the seg device base member 721a. It has become.

図24は、カバー部材710を取り外した状態の役物装置700を背面側から見た斜視図である。側方入光表示装置730の第2LEDユニット732xに接続された配線732x1は、第1配線係止部750aに掛けられるとともに、役物ベース装置720の側部に沿って下方へ延びている。配線導出部720bから導出されたセグ用配線721c3は、シャッター装置722の初期位置検出基板722gに接続されている配線722g1、第2LEDユニット732xに接続されている配線732x1などとともに結束部材750d1によって束ねられるとともに、配線導出部720bの上方に形成された第2結束部750dに係止されている。束ねられた各種配線は、第2結束部750dから下方へと延び、各基板へそれぞれ接続されている。なお、図示しないが第1モータ725aに接続された配線は、外側起立壁750eの外側を通っており、外側起立壁750eの内側を通るセグ用配線721c3と隔てられている。   FIG. 24 is a perspective view of the accessory device 700 with the cover member 710 removed, as viewed from the back side. The wiring 732 x 1 connected to the second LED unit 732 x of the side light incident display device 730 is hung on the first wiring locking portion 750 a and extends downward along the side portion of the accessory base device 720. The segment wiring 721c3 derived from the wiring deriving unit 720b is bundled by the binding member 750d1 together with the wiring 722g1 connected to the initial position detection substrate 722g of the shutter device 722, the wiring 732x1 connected to the second LED unit 732x, and the like. At the same time, it is locked to the second bundling portion 750d formed above the wiring lead-out portion 720b. The bundled various wires extend downward from the second binding portion 750d and are connected to the respective substrates. Although not shown, the wiring connected to the first motor 725a passes through the outside of the outer standing wall 750e and is separated from the seg wiring 721c3 passing through the inside of the outer standing wall 750e.

図25(a)は、シャッター装置722の正面図、図25(b)は、シャッター装置722の側面図である。シャッター装置722は、シャッター装置ベース部材722a、シャッター装置ベース部材722aに取り付けられ、シャッター装置ベース部材722aに対して回動する第1,第2シャッター部材722b,722c、第1,第2シャッター部材722b,722cの前端部から下方に向かってそれぞれ延設される揺動部材としての第1,第2シャッター飾り部材722b1,722c1、シャッター装置ベース部材722aに設けられ、第1,第2シャッター部材722b,722cを開閉させる駆動力伝達機構としての開閉機構722d、開閉機構722dを上から覆うシャッター装置カバー部材722eなどを備えている。これにより、シャッター装置722は揺動役物装置として機能し、第1,第2シャッター飾り部材722b1,722c1を開閉(揺動)させることにより、背後に位置するセグ装置721のセグ表示部7211を遮蔽したり、一部または全体を露出させたりする演出を行う。
なお、図30に示すように、第1,第2シャッター飾り部材722b1,722c1はその一部を、文字(例えば「封」;図30参照)を形どったクリア部材で構成しても良い。 As shown in FIG. 30, a part of the first and second shutter decorative members 722b1 and 722c1 may be formed of a clear member in the shape of a character (for example, "sealing"; see FIG. 30). これにより、シャッター装置722の後方に配設されたセグ装置721からの光を当該クリア部材で透過させることで、「封」の文字が浮き出て見えるようになる。 As a result, the light from the seg device 721 arranged behind the shutter device 722 is transmitted by the clear member, so that the characters "sealed" can be seen. FIG. 25A is a front view of the shutter device 722, and FIG. 25B is a side view of the shutter device 722. The shutter device 722 is attached to the shutter device base member 722a, the shutter device base member 722a, and rotates with respect to the shutter device base member 722a, first and second shutter members 722b and 722c, and first and second shutter members 722b. , 722c are provided on the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1 and the shutter device base member 722a as swinging members extending downward from the front end portion of the first and second shutter members 722b, An opening / closing mechanism 722d as a driving force transmission mechanism for opening / closing the 722c, a shutter device cover member 722e that covers the opening / closing mechanism 722d from above, and the like are provided. As a result, the shutter device 722 functions as a swinging accessory device, and the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1 are ope FIG. 25A is a front view of the shutter device 722, and FIG. 25B is a side view of the shutter device 722. The shutter device 722 is attached to the shutter device base member 722a, the shutter device base member 722a, and rotates with respect to the shutter device base member 722a, first and second shutter members 722b and 722c, and first and second shutter members 722b., 722c are provided on the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1 and the shutter device base member 722a as swinging members extending downward from the front end portion of the first and second shutter members 722b, An opening / closing mechanism 722d as a driving force transmission mechanism for opening / closing the 722c, a shutter device cover member 722e that covers the opening / closing mechanism 722d from above, and the like are provided. As a result, the shutter device 722 functions as a swinging accessory device, and the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1 are ope ned and closed (swinged), so that the seg display portion 7211 of the seg device 721 located behind is moved. Performing effects such as shielding or exposing part or all of it. ned and closed (swinged), so that the seg display portion 7211 of the seg device 721 located behind is moved. Performing effects such as shielding or exposing part or all of it.
As shown in FIG. 30, a part of the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1 may be formed of a clear member formed with letters (for example, “sealing”; see FIG. 30). As a result, the light from the seg device 721 disposed behind the shutter device 722 is transmitted through the clear member, so that the character “sealed” appears to be raised. As shown in FIG. 30, a part of the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1 may be formed of a clear member formed with letters (for example, “sealing”; see FIG. 30). As a result, the light from the seg device 721 disposed behind the shutter device 722 is transmitted through the clear member, so that the character “sealed” appears to be raised.

図26は、シャッター装置722の分解斜視図である。シャッター装置722は、前述した構成に加えて、シャッター装置ベース部材722aに取り付けられ、第1,第2シャッター部材722b,722cをガイドするシャッターレール722f、シャッター装置カバー部材722eに取り付けられる初期位置検出基板722g等を備えている。第1,第2シャッター部材722b,722cの後端には回動軸722b2,722c2がそれぞれ形成されている。また、シャッター装置ベース部材722aの中央部にはその回動軸722b2,722c2を差し込むための二つの孔722a1,722a1が形成されている。回動軸722b2,722c2を孔722a1,722a1に差し込むと第1,第2シャッター部材722b,722cがシャッターレール722fに係合し、第1,第2シャッター部材722b,722cがシャッターレール722fにガイドされながら回動軸722b2,722c2を中心として水平方向に回動する。   FIG. 26 is an exploded perspective view of the shutter device 722. In addition to the configuration described above, the shutter device 722 is attached to the shutter device base member 722a, the shutter rail 722f for guiding the first and second shutter members 722b and 722c, and the initial position detection board attached to the shutter device cover member 722e. 722g and the like. Rotating shafts 722b2 and 722c2 are formed at the rear ends of the first and second shutter members 722b and 722c, respectively. In addition, two holes 722a1 and 722a1 for inserting the rotation shafts 722b2 and 722c2 are formed in the central portion of the shutter device base member 722a. When the rotating shafts 722b2 and 722c2 are inserted into the holes 722a1 and 722a1, the first and second shutter members 722b and 722c are engaged with the shutter rail 722f, and the first and second shutter members 722b and 722c are guided by the shutter rail 722f. However, it rotates in the horizontal direction around the rotation shafts 722b2 and 722c2.

開閉機構722dは、シャッター装置ベース部材722aに組みつけられて回転する第1〜第3ギア722d2〜722d4、第1〜第3ギア722d2〜722d4を回転させる駆動源としてのシャッター用モータ722d1などを有している。シャッター用モータ722d1は演出制御装置300の盤演出モータ/SOL制御回路334に接続され、盤演出モータ/SOL制御回路334から電力が供給されることにより回転可能となっている。   The opening / closing mechanism 722d has a shutter motor 722d1 as a drive source for rotating the first to third gears 722d2 to 722d4 and the first to third gears 722d2 to 722d4 which are assembled to the shutter device base member 722a and rotate. doing. The shutter motor 722d1 is connected to the board effect motor / SOL control circuit 334 of the effect control device 300, and is rotatable when supplied with electric power from the board effect motor / SOL control circuit 334.

初期位置検出基板722gは、第1シャッター部材722bの初期位置を検出するものである。初期位置検出基板722gは、例えば、フォトインタラプタなどのシャッター部材位置検出センサを基板に実装したものであり、この基板がシャッター装置カバー部材722eに形成された開口722e1から嵌め込まれている。初期位置検出基板722gは、演出制御装置300の演出モータスイッチ25aに接続され、検出した第1,第2シャッター部材722b,722cの開閉状態を演出制御装置300のスイッチ入力回路336に出力するようになっている。
ここで、初期位置検出基板722gは、初期状態検出手段として機能する。 Here, the initial position detecting substrate 722g functions as an initial state detecting means. The initial position detection board 722g detects the initial position of the first shutter member 722b. The initial position detection board 722g is obtained by mounting a shutter member position detection sensor such as a photo interrupter on a board, for example, and this board is fitted through an opening 722e1 formed in the shutter device cover member 722e. The initial position detection board 722g is connected to the effect motor switch 25a of the effect control device 300, and outputs the detected opening / closing states of the first and second shutter members 722b and 722c to the switch input circuit 336 of the effect control device 300. It has become. The initial position detection board 722g detects the initial position of the first shutter member 722b. The initial position detection board 722g is obtained by mounting a shutter member position detection sensor such as a photo interrupter on a board, for example, and this board is fitted through an opening 722e1 formed in the shutter device cover member 722e. The initial position detection board 722g is connected to the effect motor switch 25a of the effect control device 300, and outputs the detected opening / closing states of the first and second shutter members 722b and 722c to the switch input circuit 336 of the effect control device 300. It has become.
Here, the initial position detection board 722g functions as an initial state detection unit. Here, the initial position detection board 722g functions as an initial state detection unit.

図27は、役物ベース装置720上部の縦断面図である。
図27に示したセグ装置721は、最も上に位置した状態となっている。このとき、セグ装置721は第1,第2シャッター飾り部材722b1,722c1の後方に位置している。この状態で、第1,第2シャッター飾り部材722b1,722c1が閉じていると、遊技者側から見たときに、セグ装置721が第1,第2シャッター飾り部材722b1,722c1によって遮蔽される。
FIG. 27 is a longitudinal sectional view of the upper part of the accessory base device 720.
The segment apparatus 721 shown in FIG. At this time, the segment device 721 is located behind the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1. If the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1 are closed in this state, the seg device 721 is shielded by the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1 when viewed from the player side. The segment apparatus 721 shown in FIG. At this time, the segment device 721 is located behind the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1. If the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1 are closed in this state, the seg device 721 is shielded by the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1 when viewed from the player side.

図28(a)には、シャッター装置カバー部材722eを取り外した状態のシャッター装置722を上から見た図が、図28(b)には、さらに第1〜第3ギア722d2〜722d4及びシャッター部材位置検出センサを備える初期位置検出基板722gを取り外した状態のシャッター装置722を上から見た図が示されている。   FIG. 28A is a top view of the shutter device 722 with the shutter device cover member 722e removed, and FIG. 28B further shows the first to third gears 722d2 to 722d4 and the shutter member. The figure which looked at the shutter apparatus 722 of the state which removed the initial position detection board | substrate 722g provided with a position detection sensor from the top is shown.

図28(b)に示すように、第1シャッター部材722bは、その平面上に第1シャッター部材722bが初期位置(第1シャッター飾り部材722b1が閉じた状態)にあることを検出するための第1シャッター部材検出突部722b3と、長孔状の第1リンク係合溝722b4とを備えている。また、第2シャッター部材722cは、その平面上に第1リンク係合溝722b4と同形状の第2リンク係合溝722c4を備えている。これにより、第1シャッター部材722b及び第2シャッター部材722cは、それぞれ第1、第2シャッターリンク軸(クランク軸)722d6,722d7が挿入される第1,第2リンク係合溝(案内溝部)722b4を有する移動板を構成することとなる。   As shown in FIG. 28 (b), the first shutter member 722b has a first shutter for detecting that the first shutter member 722b is in the initial position (the first shutter decoration member 722b1 is closed) on the plane. 1 shutter member detection protrusion 722b3 and a long hole-like first link engagement groove 722b4 are provided. The second shutter member 722c includes a second link engagement groove 722c4 having the same shape as the first link engagement groove 722b4 on the plane. As a result, the first shutter member 722b and the second shutter member 722c have first and second link engagement grooves (guide groove portions) 722b4 into which the first and second shutter link shafts (crank shafts) 722d6 and 722d7 are inserted, respectively. A moving plate having the above will be configured.

そして、第1シャッター部材722bが初期位置にあるとき、第1シャッター部材検出突部722b3は、図28(a)に示す初期位置検出基板722gの裏面に設けられたシャッター部材位置検出センサによって、検出された状態となっている。また、この初期位置にあるとき、第1ギア722d2の平面上に設けられた第1シャッターリンク軸722d6が第1リンク係合溝722b4の略中央に、第2ギア722d3の平面上に設けられた第2シャッターリンク軸722d7が第2リンク係合溝722c4の略中央に位置するように、シャッター用モータ722d1の駆動軸に軸支されたモータギア722d5、このモータギア722d5に歯合する第3ギア722d4、第3ギア722d4に歯合する第2ギア722d3、第2ギア722d3に歯合する第1ギア722d2がそれぞれ配設されている。これにより、第1ギア722d2及び第2ギア722d3は、それぞれ第1シャッターリンク軸722d6,第2シャッターリンク軸722d7を回転軸の中心から外れた外周部に突設したクランク板を構成することとなる。また、当該第1ギア722d2及び第2ギア722d3、第1シャッター部材722b及び第2シャッター部材722c、並びに初期位置検出基板722gは、クランク機構部を構成することとなる。   When the first shutter member 722b is in the initial position, the first shutter member detection protrusion 722b3 is detected by the shutter member position detection sensor provided on the back surface of the initial position detection substrate 722g shown in FIG. It has become a state. Further, when in this initial position, the first shutter link shaft 722d6 provided on the plane of the first gear 722d2 is provided on the plane of the second gear 722d3 in the approximate center of the first link engagement groove 722b4. A motor gear 722d5 pivotally supported on the drive shaft of the shutter motor 722d1 so that the second shutter link shaft 722d7 is positioned substantially at the center of the second link engagement groove 722c4, and a third gear 722d4 meshing with the motor gear 722d5, A second gear 722d3 meshing with the third gear 722d4 and a first gear 722d2 meshing with the second gear 722d3 are provided. As a result, the first gear 722d2 and the second gear 722d3 constitute a crank plate that projects the first shutter link shaft 722d6 and the second shutter link shaft 722d7 from the outer periphery of the rotation shaft. . Further, the first gear 722d2 and the second gear 722d3, the first shutter member 722b and the second shutter member 722c, and the initial position detection board 722g constitute a crank mechanism portion.

次に、シャッター装置722の開動作について図29、図31、及び図32を参照して説明する。図29は、モータギア722d5の回動角度と第1,第2シャッター飾り部材722b1,722c1の回動角度との関係を示すグラフである。また、図31(a)は、モータギア722d5の回動角度が0度のときのシャッター装置722の開閉状態を示す図、図31(b)は、モータギア722d5の回動角度が60度のときのシャッター装置722の開閉状態を示す図、図31(c)は、モータギア722d5の回動角度が80度のときのシャッター装置722の開閉状態を示す図である。また、図32は、第1シャッター飾り部材722b1及び第2シャッター飾り部材722c1が全開の状態を示す図である。   Next, the opening operation of the shutter device 722 will be described with reference to FIG. 29, FIG. 31, and FIG. FIG. 29 is a graph showing the relationship between the rotation angle of the motor gear 722d5 and the rotation angles of the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1. FIG. 31A is a view showing an open / close state of the shutter device 722 when the rotation angle of the motor gear 722d5 is 0 degrees, and FIG. 31B is a view when the rotation angle of the motor gear 722d5 is 60 degrees. FIG. 31C is a diagram illustrating the open / close state of the shutter device 722. FIG. 31C is a diagram illustrating the open / close state of the shutter device 722 when the rotation angle of the motor gear 722d5 is 80 degrees. FIG. 32 is a diagram illustrating a state in which the first shutter decorative member 722b1 and the second shutter decorative member 722c1 are fully opened.

図29、及び図31(a)に示すように、モータギア722d5の回動角度が0度から60度に達するまでは、第1、第2シャッターリンク軸722d6,722d7はそれぞれ第1、第2リンク係合溝722b4,722c4の内壁に沿って摺動している状態であるため、第1,第2シャッター飾り部材722b1,722c1の回動角度は徐々に拡がるもののその回動角度は僅かである。
そして、図29、及び図31(b)に示すように、モータギア722d5の回動角度が60度に達すると、第1、第2シャッターリンク軸722d6,722d7がそれぞれ第1、第2リンク係合溝722b4,722c4の端部に当接した状態となり、モータギア722d5の回動角度が60度以降はほぼ一定の角度で第1,第2シャッター飾り部材722b1,722c1が回動し、図32に示すように、モータギア722d5の回動角度が180度に達すると、第1,第2シャッター飾り部材722b1,722c1がそれぞれ26度回動し、全開の状態となる。 Then, as shown in FIGS. 29 and 31 (b), when the rotation angle of the motor gear 722d5 reaches 60 degrees, the first and second shutter link shafts 722d6 and 722d7 engage with the first and second links, respectively. The first and second shutter decorative members 722b1,722c1 rotate at a substantially constant angle after the rotation angle of the motor gear 722d5 is 60 degrees or later in a state of being in contact with the ends of the grooves 722b4, 722c4, as shown in FIG. As described above, when the rotation angle of the motor gear 722d5 reaches 180 degrees, the first and second shutter decorative members 722b1 and 722c1 rotate 26 degrees, respectively, and are in a fully opened state. As shown in FIGS. 29 and 31A, the first and second shutter link shafts 722d6 and 722d7 are respectively connected to the first and second links until the rotation angle of the motor gear 722d5 reaches 0 to 60 degrees. Since the sliding grooves 722b4 and 722c4 are sliding along the inner walls, the rotation angles of the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1 gradually increase, but the rotation angle is slight. As shown in FIGS. 29 and 31A, the first and second shutter link shafts 722d6 and 722d7 are respectively connected to the first and second links until the rotation angle of the motor gear 722d5 reaches 0 to 60 degrees. Since the sliding grooves 722b4 and 722c4 are sliding along the inner walls, the rotation angles of the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1 gradually increase, but the rotation angle is slight.
29 and 31 (b), when the rotation angle of the motor gear 722d5 reaches 60 degrees, the first and second shutter link shafts 722d6 and 722d7 are engaged with the first and second links, respectively. 32, the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1 rotate at a substantially constant angle after the rotation angle of the motor gear 722d5 is 60 degrees or more. As described above, when the rotation angle of the motor gear 722d5 reaches 180 degrees, the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1 are each rotated 26 degrees to be fully opened. 29 and 31 (b), when the rotation angle of the motor gear 722d5 reaches 60 degrees, the first and second shutter link shafts 722d6 and 722d7 are engaged with the first and second links, respectively. 32, the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1 rotate at a substantially constant angle after the rotation angle of the motor gear 722d5 is 60 degrees or more. As described above, when the rotation angle of the motor gear 722d5 reaches 180 degrees, the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1 are each rotated 26 degrees to be fully opened.

次に、シャッター装置722の開閉動作を利用した蓋(第1,第2シャッター飾り部材722b1,722c1)揺れ制御処理について図33を参照して説明する。
この蓋揺れ制御処理は、演出制御装置300による処理であり、遊技制御装置100から特図変動表示ゲームの遊技結果を示す制御コマンドを受信して当該特図変動表示ゲームが開始される前に行われる制御処理である。 This lid sway control process is a process performed by the effect control device 300, and is performed before the special figure variation display game is started by receiving a control command indicating the game result of the special figure variation display game from the game control device 100. It is a control process. Next, lid (first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1) shaking control processing using the opening / closing operation of the shutter device 722 will be described with reference to FIG. Next, lid (first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1) shaking control processing using the opening / closing operation of the shutter device 722 will be described with reference to FIG.
This lid shaking control process is a process performed by the effect control device 300, and is performed before the special command variation display game is started by receiving a control command indicating the game result of the special diagram variation display game from the game control device 100. Control process. This lid shaking control process is a process performed by the effect control device 300, and is performed before the special command variation display game is started by receiving a control command indicating the game result of the special diagram variation display game from the game control device 100 .Control process.

図33に示すように、蓋揺れ制御処理では、まず、遊技制御装置100から受信した制御コマンドに基づき、特図変動表示ゲームの遊技結果が大当たりであるか否かを判定する(ステップS1)。   As shown in FIG. 33, in the lid swing control process, first, based on the control command received from the game control device 100, it is determined whether or not the game result of the special figure variation display game is a big hit (step S1).

ここで、特図変動表示ゲームの遊技結果が大当たりである場合(ステップS1;Yes)は、盤演出モータ/SOL制御回路334の制御下において、モータギア722d5の回動角度が初期位置である0度から60度に達した後は、60度→80度→60度→80度…と回動角度が60度と80度の状態を繰り返すシャッター用モータ722d1の駆動制御(図31(b),(c)参照)を行う「揺れ大」処理(ステップS2)が1/2の確率で選択され、モータギア722d5の回動角度が初期位置である0度の状態から20度に達した後は、20度→0度→20度…と回動角度が0度と20度の状態を繰り返すシャッター用モータ722d1の駆動制御を行う「揺れ小」処理(ステップS3)が1/5の確率で選択され、シャッター用モータ722d1を駆動させない「揺れ無し」処理(ステップS4)が3/10の確率で選択される処理を行い、本処理を終了する。   Here, when the game result of the special figure variation display game is a big hit (step S1; Yes), the rotation angle of the motor gear 722d5 is the initial position of 0 degrees under the control of the board effect motor / SOL control circuit 334. After reaching 60 degrees from 60 degrees, the drive control of the shutter motor 722d1 that repeats the rotation angles of 60 degrees, 80 degrees, 60 degrees, 80 degrees,..., 60 degrees and 80 degrees (FIG. 31B, ( c) (see step c2) is selected with a probability of 1/2, and after the rotation angle of the motor gear 722d5 reaches 20 degrees from the initial position of 0 degrees, The “small shaking” process (step S3) for controlling the driving of the shutter motor 722d1 that repeats the state of degrees → 0 degrees → 20 degrees and the rotation angles of 0 degrees and 20 degrees is selected with a probability of 1/5. For shutter It performs a process that does not drive the over motor 722d1 "no vibration" process (step S4) is selected with a probability of 3/10, the process ends.

一方、特図変動表示ゲームの遊技結果が大当たりでない場合(ステップS1;No)は、「揺れ大」処理(ステップS5)が1/600の確率で選択され、「揺れ小」処理(ステップS6)が3/600の確率で選択され、「揺れ無し」処理(ステップS6)が597/600の確率で選択される処理を行い、本処理を終了する。   On the other hand, when the game result of the special figure variation display game is not a big hit (step S1; No), the “large shake” process (step S5) is selected with a probability of 1/600, and the “small shake” process (step S6). Is selected with a probability of 3/600, the “no shaking” process (step S6) is selected with a probability of 597/600, and this process ends.

このように、蓋揺れ制御処理では、特図変動表示ゲームの結果が大当りの場合は、「揺れ大」の演出が行われる割合が大きく、一方、特図変動表示ゲームの結果がはずれの場合は、「揺れ大」の演出が行われる割合が小さいので、当該「揺れ大」の演出が行われた場合には、遊技結果が大当りとなることへの期待感を持たせることが可能となり、遊技の興趣を高めることができる。   Thus, in the lid shaking control process, when the result of the special figure fluctuation display game is a big hit, the ratio of the “large shaking” effect is large, while when the result of the special figure fluctuation display game is out of place. Since the ratio of the “large shake” effect is small, it is possible to give a sense of expectation that the game result will be a big hit when the “large shake” effect is performed. Can enhance the interest of

次に、下可動役物ユニット740について図34〜図36を参照して説明する。
図34は、下可動役物ユニット740を示す斜視図であり、図35は、下可動役物ユニット740を示す分解斜視図である。また、図36は、下可動役物裏面カバー部材745を外した状態における下可動役物ユニット740の背面図である。
Next, the lower movable accessory unit 740 will be described with reference to FIGS.
FIG. 34 is a perspective view showing the lower movable accessory unit 740, and FIG. 35 is an exploded perspective view showing the lower movable accessory unit 740. FIG. 36 is a rear view of the lower movable accessory unit 740 with the lower movable accessory back cover member 745 removed.

図34及び図35に示すように、下可動役物ユニット740は、表示装置41の前面下側で動作する下可動役物装置であり、所定角度内で揺動する第1、第2、及び第3回転体741a,741b,741cを備える下可動役物741と、下可動役物741を揺動させる揺動機構742と、下可動役物741の背面側から光を照射する下可動役物LED基板743と、下可動役物741、揺動機構742、及び下可動役物LED基板743を取り付けるための下可動役物ベース部材744と、下可動役物ベース部材744の裏面を閉塞する下可動役物裏面カバー部材745と、を備えている。   As shown in FIG. 34 and FIG. 35, the lower movable accessory unit 740 is a lower movable accessory device that operates on the lower front side of the display device 41, and swings within a predetermined angle. Lower movable accessory 741 having third rotating bodies 741a, 741b, and 741c, a swing mechanism 742 that swings the lower movable accessory 741, and a lower movable accessory that irradiates light from the back side of the lower movable accessory 741. The LED substrate 743, the lower movable accessory 741, the swing mechanism 742, the lower movable accessory base member 744 for attaching the lower movable accessory LED substrate 743, and the lower surface of the lower movable accessory base member 744 are closed. A movable accessory back cover member 745.

下可動役物741は、第1回転体741aと、第2回転体741bと、第3回転体741cと、を備えている。第1、第2、第3回転体741a,741b,741cはそれぞれ円形状の平板で形成され、それぞれの表面上には装飾部材741a1,741b1,741c1が取り付けられ、それぞれの裏面には回動軸741a2,741b2,741c2が取り付けられている。   The lower movable accessory 741 includes a first rotating body 741a, a second rotating body 741b, and a third rotating body 741c. The first, second, and third rotating bodies 741a, 741b, and 741c are each formed of a circular flat plate, and decorative members 741a1, 741b1, and 741c1 are attached to the respective surfaces, and the rotation shafts are provided on the respective back surfaces. 741a2, 741b2, and 741c2 are attached.

揺動機構742は、下可動役物用モータ742aと、下可動役物741を揺動させるための下可動役物回転ギア部742bと、下可動役物回転ギア部742bの位置を検出するためのギア位置検出器742c(図36参照)と、を備えている。   The swing mechanism 742 detects the position of the lower movable accessory motor 742a, the lower movable accessory rotating gear portion 742b for swinging the lower movable accessory 741, and the position of the lower movable accessory rotating gear portion 742b. Gear position detector 742c (see FIG. 36).

下可動役物用モータ742aは、盤演出装置44を構成する下可動役物741を所定角度で揺動制御が可能なステッピングモータであり、具体的には、たとえば盤演出モータ/SOL制御回路334からの制御信号に基づき、その駆動軸を所定の方向に所定の角度回転させた後、逆方向に回転させる。   The lower movable accessory motor 742a is a stepping motor capable of swinging the lower movable accessory 741 constituting the board effect device 44 at a predetermined angle. Specifically, for example, a board effect motor / SOL control circuit 334 is provided. Based on the control signal from, the drive shaft is rotated in a predetermined direction by a predetermined angle and then rotated in the reverse direction.

下可動役物回転ギア部742bは、図35及び図36に示すように、下可動役物用モータ742aによる回転駆動力を伝達する駆動力伝達歯車742b1と、駆動力伝達歯車742b1に歯合する第1従動歯車742b2と、第1従動歯車742b2に歯合するとともに第1回転体741aの回動軸741a2で軸支される第1回転歯車742b3と、第1回転歯車742b3に歯合する第2従動歯車742b4と、第2従動歯車742b4に歯合する第3従動歯車742b5と、第3従動歯車742b5に歯合するとともに第2回転体741bの回動軸741b2で軸支される第2回転歯車742b6と、第2回転歯車742b6に歯合する第4従動歯車742b7と、第4従動歯車742b7に歯合する第5従動歯車742b8と、第5従動歯車742b8に歯合するとともに第3回転体741cの回動軸741c2で軸支される第3回転歯車742b9と、を備えている。
また、駆動力伝達歯車742b1の円周上には突片742b1aが設けられており、後述するギア位置検出器742cでこの突片742b1aを検出することで、下可動役物741を揺動させる際の初期位置を確認可能となっている。 Further, a projecting piece 742b1a is provided on the circumference of the driving force transmission gear 742b1, and when the projecting piece 742b1a is detected by the gear position detector 742c described later, the lower movable accessory 741 is swung. It is possible to confirm the initial position of. As shown in FIGS. 35 and 36, the lower movable accessory rotating gear portion 742b meshes with the driving force transmission gear 742b1 that transmits the rotational driving force by the lower movable accessory motor 742a and the driving force transmission gear 742b1. A first driven gear 742b2, a first rotating gear 742b3 that meshes with the first driven gear 742b2 and is supported by the rotating shaft 741a2 of the first rotating body 741a, and a second gear that meshes with the first rotating gear 742b3. A driven gear 742b4, a third driven gear 742b5 that meshes with the second driven gear 742b4, and a second rotating gear that meshes with the third driven gear 742b5 and is pivotally supported by the rotating shaft 741b2 of the second rotating body 741b. 742b6, a fourth driven gear 742b7 meshing with the second rotating gear 742b6, a fifth driven gear 742b8 meshing with the fourth driven gear 742b7, and a fifth A third rotary gear 742b9 which together meshing with Dohaguruma 742b8 As shown in FIGS. 35 and 36, the lower movable accessory rotating gear portion 742b meshes with the driving force transmission gear 742b1 that transmits the rotational driving force by the lower movable accessory motor 742a and the driving force transmission gear 742b1. A first driven gear 742b2, a first rotating gear 742b3 that meshes with the first driven gear 742b2 and is supported by the rotating shaft 741a2 of the first rotating body 741a, and a second gear that meshes with the first rotating gear 742b3. A driven gear 742b4, a third driven gear 742b5 that meshes with the second driven gear 742b4, and a second rotating gear that meshes with the third driven gear 742b5 and is pivotally supported by the rotating shaft 741b2 of the second rotating body 741b. 742b6, a fourth driven gear 742b7 meshing with the second rotating gear 742b6, a fifth driven gear 742b8 meshing with the fourth driven gear 742b7, and a fifth A third rotary gear 742b9 which together meshing with Dohaguruma 742b8 is pivotally supported by the pivot shaft 741c2 of the third rotating member 741c, and a. is pivotally supported by the pivot shaft 741c2 of the third rotating member 741c, and a.
Further, a projecting piece 742b1a is provided on the circumference of the driving force transmission gear 742b1, and when the lower movable accessory 741 is swung by detecting the projecting piece 742b1a with a gear position detector 742c described later. The initial position of can be confirmed. Further, a projecting piece 742b1a is provided on the circumference of the driving force transmission gear 742b1, and when the lower movable accessory 741 is swung by detecting the projecting piece 742b1a with a gear position detector 742c described later. The initial position of can be confirmed ..

ギア位置検出器742cは、例えば発光部と受光部とを備えるフォトインタラプタであり、演出モータSW25aを構成するものである。ギア位置検出器742cは、突片742b1aが発光部と受光部との間を通り発光部からの光を遮ることで、下可動役物741が初期位置にあることを検出し、SW入力回路336に検出信号を送信する。そして、当該検出信号がSW入力回路336に送信されることにより、CPU311の制御下において、盤演出モータ/SOL制御回路334から下可動役物用モータ742aに下可動役物741を揺動させる制御信号が送信可能となっている。   The gear position detector 742c is a photo interrupter including, for example, a light emitting unit and a light receiving unit, and configures the effect motor SW25a. The gear position detector 742c detects that the lower movable accessory 741 is in the initial position by the projecting piece 742b1a passing between the light emitting unit and the light receiving unit and blocking light from the light emitting unit, and the SW input circuit 336. A detection signal is transmitted to. Then, by transmitting the detection signal to the SW input circuit 336, the control of causing the lower movable accessory 741 to swing from the board effect motor / SOL control circuit 334 to the lower movable accessory motor 742a under the control of the CPU 311. The signal can be transmitted.

下可動役物LED基板743は、その表面に複数のLEDが所定間隔を空けて配設されており、下可動役物ベース部材744の裏面に取り付けられるようになっている。
また、下可動役物LED基板743の略中央部水平方向に並んで5つの挿通穴が設けられている。 Further, five insertion holes are provided so as to be arranged in the horizontal direction in the substantially central portion of the lower movable accessory LED substrate 743. こられ下可動役物LED基板743の略中央部の5つの挿通穴はそれぞれ、図35に示すように、左側から順に、第2従動歯車742b4の回動軸、第3従動歯車742b5の回動軸、第2回転体741bの回動軸741b2、第4従動歯車742b7の回動軸、第5従動歯車742b8の回動軸を挿通可能となっている。 As shown in FIG. 35, the five insertion holes in the substantially central portion of the lower movable accessory LED substrate 743 are the rotation shaft of the second driven gear 742b4 and the rotation of the third driven gear 742b5, respectively, in order from the left side. The shaft, the rotating shaft 741b2 of the second rotating body 741b, the rotating shaft of the fourth driven gear 742b7, and the rotating shaft of the fifth driven gear 742b8 can be inserted. The lower movable accessory LED substrate 743 has a plurality of LEDs arranged on the surface thereof at a predetermined interval, and is attached to the back surface of the lower movable accessory base member 744. The lower movable accessory LED substrate 743 has a plurality of LEDs arranged on the surface thereof at a predetermined interval, and is attached to the back surface of the lower movable accessory base member 744.
In addition, five insertion holes are provided side by side in the horizontal direction of the substantially central portion of the lower movable accessory LED board 743. As shown in FIG. 35, the five insertion holes in the substantially central portion of the lower movable accessory LED board 743 are respectively arranged in order from the left side as the rotation shaft of the second driven gear 742b4 and the rotation of the third driven gear 742b5. The shaft, the rotation shaft 741b2 of the second rotating body 741b, the rotation shaft of the fourth driven gear 742b7, and the rotation shaft of the fifth driven gear 742b8 can be inserted. In addition, five insertion holes are provided side by side in the horizontal direction of the substantially central portion of the lower movable accessory LED board 743. As shown in FIG. 35, the five insertion holes in the substantially central portion of the lower movable accessory LED board 743 are respectively arranged in order from the left side as the rotation shaft of the second driven gear 742b4 and the rotation of the third driven gear 742b5. The shaft, the rotation shaft 741b2 of the second rotating body 741b, the rotation shaft of the fourth driven gear 742b7, and the rotation shaft of the fifth driven gear 742b8 can be inserted.

下可動役物ベース部材744は、クリア部材で形成され下可動役物LED基板743に配設されたLEDによって照射された光を透過可能となっている。
また、下可動役物ベース部材744の左端部には、下可動役物用モータ742aを取り付けるためのモータ取付用開口部744aが設けられており、下可動役物ベース部材744の裏面側から下可動役物用モータ742aを取り付けられるようになっている。 Further, at the left end of the lower movable accessory base member 744, a motor mounting opening 744a for mounting the lower movable accessory base member 742a is provided, and the lower movable accessory base member 744 is lowered from the back surface side. A motor for movable accessories 742a can be attached. The lower movable accessory base member 744 is formed of a clear member and can transmit light irradiated by the LEDs disposed on the lower movable accessory LED substrate 743. The lower movable accessory base member 744 is formed of a clear member and can transmit light transmitting by the LEDs disposed on the lower movable accessory LED substrate 743.
Also, a motor mounting opening 744a for mounting the lower movable accessory motor 742a is provided at the left end of the lower movable accessory base member 744. A movable accessory motor 742a can be attached. Also, a motor mounting opening 744a for mounting the lower movable accessory motor 742a is provided at the left end of the lower movable accessory base member 744. A movable accessory motor 742a can be attached.

また、下可動役物ベース部材744の略中央部水平方向に並んで3つの軸穴744b,744c,744dが設けられている。軸穴744bは、第1回転体741aの回動軸741a2を、軸穴744cは、第2回転体741bの回動軸741b2を、軸穴744dは、第3回転体741cの回動軸741c2を挿通可能となっている。また、下可動役物ベース部材744表面上の軸穴744b及び軸穴744dの周囲には装飾部材744eが取り付けられている。   Further, three shaft holes 744b, 744c, and 744d are provided side by side in the horizontal direction in the substantially central portion of the lower movable accessory base member 744. The shaft hole 744b is a rotating shaft 741a2 of the first rotating body 741a, the shaft hole 744c is a rotating shaft 741b2 of the second rotating body 741b, and the shaft hole 744d is a rotating shaft 741c2 of the third rotating body 741c. It can be inserted. A decorative member 744e is attached around the shaft hole 744b and the shaft hole 744d on the surface of the lower movable accessory base member 744.

下可動役物裏面カバー部材745は、下可動役物ベース部材744の裏面を閉塞する平板状のクリア部材で形成され、その平面上には第1〜第5従動歯車742b2,742b4,742b5,742b7,742b8それぞれの回動軸を挿通可能な挿通穴が設けられている。そして、下可動役物裏面カバー部材745により下可動役物ベース部材744の裏面を閉塞することで、第1〜第5従動歯車742b2,742b4,742b5,742b7,742b8それぞれを軸着可能となっている。また、下可動役物裏面カバー部材745の平面上には、これらの挿通穴の他、下可動役物用モータ742aの回転軸や、第1、第2、第3回転体741a,741b,741cの回動軸741a2,741b2,741c2を挿通可能な挿通穴が複数設けられている。   The lower movable accessory back cover member 745 is formed of a flat plate-like clear member that closes the back surface of the lower movable accessory base member 744, and the first to fifth driven gears 742b2, 742b4, 742b5, 742b7 are formed on the plane. , 742b8 are provided with insertion holes through which the respective rotation shafts can be inserted. Then, by closing the back surface of the lower movable accessory base member 744 with the lower movable accessory back cover member 745, each of the first to fifth driven gears 742b2, 742b4, 742b5, 742b7, 742b8 can be pivotally attached. Yes. Further, on the plane of the lower movable accessory back cover member 745, in addition to these insertion holes, the rotating shaft of the lower movable accessory motor 742a and the first, second, and third rotary bodies 741a, 741b, and 741c. A plurality of insertion holes through which the rotation shafts 741a2, 741b2, and 741c2 can be inserted are provided.

図37は、図10に示された下可動役物ユニット740の部分拡大図である。図37に示すように、下可動役物ユニット740は、その後方に導光板731の下部が配設される位置に設けられている。このため、下可動役物LED基板743によって下可動役物741の背面側から光を照射するだけではなく、導光板731の第3領域H3や第4領域H4に光が照射される場合にも下可動役物741の背面側から光を照射することができるようになるので、下可動役物ユニット740を動作させる場合に多種多様な演出が可能となる。   FIG. 37 is a partially enlarged view of the lower movable accessory unit 740 shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 37, the lower movable accessory unit 740 is provided at a position where the lower portion of the light guide plate 731 is disposed behind the lower movable accessory unit 740. For this reason, not only the lower movable accessory LED board 743 emits light from the back side of the lower movable accessory 741 but also when the third region H3 and the fourth region H4 of the light guide plate 731 are irradiated with light. Since it becomes possible to irradiate light from the back side of the lower movable accessory 741, various effects can be achieved when the lower movable accessory unit 740 is operated.

図38は、図3に示されたセンターケース40のステージ部40iが配設された部分の概略を示す部分拡大図である。図38に示すように、ステージ部40iは、当該ステージ部40iの遊技球が転動する転動面の高さが下可動役物ユニット740の垂直方向中央部の高さと一致するように水平方向に延出して設けられているため、遊技者はステージ部40iを転動する遊技球を見て楽しむとともに後方に配設された第1、第2、及び第3回転体741a,741b,741cの動作を見て楽しむことができるようになる。
なお、図38に示す点線は遊技盤ベース部材600の取付用開口部601の縁部を示す線であり、当該点線の外側にある部材、例えば下可動役物用モータ742aや下可動役物ベース部材744の下部は遊技盤ベース部材600の後方に配設され視認できないようになっている。 The dotted line shown in FIG. 38 is a line indicating the edge of the mounting opening 601 of the game board base member 600, and the member outside the dotted line, for example, the lower movable accessory motor 742a or the lower movable accessory base. The lower part of the member 744 is arranged behind the game board base member 600 so that it cannot be visually recognized. FIG. 38 is a partial enlarged view showing an outline of a portion where the stage portion 40i of the center case 40 shown in FIG. 3 is disposed. As shown in FIG. 38, the stage portion 40i is horizontally aligned so that the height of the rolling surface on which the game ball of the stage portion 40i rolls coincides with the height of the vertical central portion of the lower movable accessory unit 740. Therefore, the player enjoys watching the game ball rolling on the stage portion 40i, and has the first, second, and third rotating bodies 741a, 741b, and 741c arranged at the rear. You will be able to enjoy watching the operation. FIG. 38 is a partially enlarged view showing an outline of a portion where the stage portion 40i of the center case 40 shown in FIG. 3 is disposed. As shown in FIG. 38, the stage portion 40i is horizontally aligned so that the height of the rolling surface on which the game ball of the stage portion 40i rolls coincides with the height of the vertical central portion of the lower movable accessory unit 740. Therefore, the player enjoys watching the game ball rolling on the stage portion 40i, and has the first, second, and third rotating bodies 741a, 741b, and 741c arranged at the rear. You will be able to enjoy watching the operation.
The dotted line shown in FIG. 38 is a line indicating the edge of the mounting opening 601 of the game board base member 600, and members outside the dotted line, such as the lower movable accessory motor 742a and the lower movable accessory base. The lower part of the member 744 is disposed behind the game board base member 600 so that it cannot be visually recognized. The dotted line shown in FIG. 38 is a line indicating the edge of the mounting opening 601 of the game board base member 600, and members outside the dotted line, such as the lower movable accessory motor 742a and the lower movable accessory base. lower part of the member 744 is disposed behind the game board base member 600 so that it cannot be visually recognized.

上記のように本実施形態の遊技機によれば、第1の起立壁(外側起立壁721e)と第2の起立壁(軸側起立壁721f)が配線導出部720b及び配線可動領域720cを形成するので、配線721c3を可動装置(セグ装置721)の近傍で係止しなくても必要な配線721c3の長さが予め決まり、製造者は配線721c3の係止位置を考慮する必要がなく、配線処理に誤りが生じない。また、可動装置(セグ装置721)が移動する場合でも、配線721c3が余りすぎることがなく、可動装置(セグ装置721)に余剰の配線721c3が絡まる心配もない。   As described above, according to the gaming machine of the present embodiment, the first standing wall (outer standing wall 721e) and the second standing wall (axis-side standing wall 721f) form the wiring lead-out portion 720b and the wiring movable region 720c. Therefore, even if the wiring 721c3 is not locked in the vicinity of the movable device (seg device 721), the required length of the wiring 721c3 is determined in advance, and the manufacturer does not need to consider the locking position of the wiring 721c3. There is no error in processing. Further, even when the movable device (seg device 721) moves, the wiring 721c3 is not excessive, and there is no fear that the excessive wiring 721c3 is tangled with the movable device (seg device 721).

また、配線導出部720bにおいて、第1の起立壁(外側起立壁750e)の少なくとも一部と第2の起立壁(軸側起立壁750f)の少なくとも一部とが所定間隔をおいて可動装置(セグ装置721)の移動方向に沿って対向する部位が生じるように配置されることにより、忍び返し領域が形成され、この忍び返し領域によって針金などの不正行為を行うための部材が配線導出部720bから可動装置(セグ装置721)の方向へ入りにくくすることができる。   Further, in the wiring lead-out portion 720b, at least a part of the first standing wall (outer standing wall 750e) and at least a part of the second standing wall (axial side standing wall 750f) are spaced apart by a movable device ( By disposing the opposing portions along the moving direction of the seg device 721), a stealing region is formed, and a member for performing an illegal act such as a wire is movable from the wiring lead-out portion 720b by the stealing region. It can be made difficult to enter the direction of the device (seg device 721).

また、第1の起立壁(外側起立壁750e)は、可動装置(セグ装置721)が配置されている側へ湾曲した湾曲部750e1を有しているので、湾曲部750e1をガイドにして電気的駆動源(第1,第2モータ725a,726a)を配置することにより、電気的駆動源のフレーム750への取り付けが容易になる。   Further, since the first standing wall (outer standing wall 750e) has a curved portion 750e1 curved toward the side where the movable device (seg device 721) is disposed, the first standing wall (outer standing wall 750e) is electrically operated using the curved portion 750e1 as a guide. By disposing the drive source (first and second motors 725a and 726a), the electrical drive source can be easily attached to the frame 750.

また、電気的駆動源(第1,第2モータ725a,726a)は、第1の起立壁(外側起立壁750e)の可動装置(セグ装置721)が配置されている側と反対の側に固定されているので、第1の起立壁(外側起立壁750e)によって電気的駆動源(第1,第2モータ725a,726a)の配線が可動装置(セグ装置721)の配置されている側に入り込むことを規制すると共に、可動装置に接続されている配線(セグ装置721)の移動によって可動装置の配線721c3と電気的駆動源の配線とが絡まるのを防止することができる。   The electric drive source (first and second motors 725a and 726a) is fixed to the side of the first standing wall (outer standing wall 750e) opposite to the side where the movable device (seg device 721) is disposed. Therefore, the wiring of the electric drive source (first and second motors 725a and 726a) enters the side where the movable device (seg device 721) is arranged by the first standing wall (outer standing wall 750e). In addition to restricting this, it is possible to prevent the wiring 721c3 of the movable device and the wiring of the electric drive source from being tangled by the movement of the wiring (seg device 721) connected to the movable device.

また、接続部(配線挿通口7215)に、可動装置(セグ装置721)の移動によって配線721c3が接続部(配線挿通口7215)を中心として回動する範囲を規制する配線誘導部7216を備えることにより、可動装置(セグ装置721)に接続されている配線721c3が移動する際に可動装置の配線721c3が可動装置(セグ装置721)に絡まるのを防止することができる。   In addition, the connection portion (wiring insertion port 7215) is provided with a wiring guiding portion 7216 that regulates a range in which the wiring 721c3 rotates around the connection portion (wiring insertion port 7215) by the movement of the movable device (seg device 721). Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the wire 721c3 of the movable device from being entangled with the movable device (seg device 721) when the wire 721c3 connected to the movable device (seg device 721) moves.

なお、今回開示された実施の形態はすべての点で例示であって制限的なものではないと考えられるべきである。本発明の範囲は上記した説明ではなくて特許請求の範囲によって示され、特許請求の範囲と均等の意味及び範囲内でのすべての変更が含まれることが意図される。   The embodiment disclosed this time should be considered as illustrative in all points and not restrictive. The scope of the present invention is defined by the terms of the claims, rather than the description above, and is intended to include any modifications within the scope and meaning equivalent to the terms of the claims.

例えば、演出制御回路300の盤演出モータ/SOL制御回路334が下可動役物用モータ742aを駆動させる。すると、下可動役物ユニット740の第1〜第3回転体741a〜741cが発光しながら回転を始める。このとき、図39(a)に示すように、表示装置41によって第1〜第3回転体741a〜741cから周囲に向かって照射される光の画像を表示することにより、第1〜第3回転体741a〜741cによる演出を強調しても良い。このとき、セグ装置721は、図20(a)に示したように最も上に位置させておく。続いて、盤演出モータ/SOL制御回路334がシャッター装置722の開閉機構722dを駆動させる。すると、第1,第2シャッター飾り部材722b1,722c1が左右に開いてセグ装置721のセグ表示部7211が露出する。このとき、図39(b)に示すように、表示装置41によってセグ装置721から周囲に向かって照射される光の画像を表示しても良い。続いて、盤演出モータ/SOL制御回路334が第1上下動機構725及び第2上下動機構726を同時に駆動させる。すると、セグ装置721が下方へ移動する。また、表示装置41によって表示されていた光の画像もセグ装置721の移動に合わせて移動する。遊技者からは、この一連の動作が容器に見立てたシャッター飾り部材722b1,722c1が割れて、その中からセグ装置721が落下したかのように見える。セグ装置721は、表示部の中央付近、すなわち、図20(b)に示した位置に到達すると停止し、このとき、図39(c)に示すように、セグ表示部7211にて特図変動表示ゲームを行うようにしても良い。この間、表示装置41に表示されているセグ表示部7211の周囲を照らす光の画像によって、セグ装置721の発光をより強調させることができる。   For example, the board effect motor / SOL control circuit 334 of the effect control circuit 300 drives the lower movable accessory motor 742a. Then, the first to third rotating bodies 741a to 741c of the lower movable accessory unit 740 start rotating while emitting light. At this time, as shown in FIG. 39 (a), the display device 41 displays images of light emitted from the first to third rotating bodies 741a to 741c toward the periphery, so that the first to third rotations are displayed. You may emphasize the production | presentation by the bodies 741a-741c. At this time, the seg device 721 is positioned at the top as shown in FIG. Subsequently, the board effect motor / SOL control circuit 334 drives the opening / closing mechanism 722d of the shutter device 722. Then, the first and second shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1 open to the left and right, and the seg display portion 7211 of the seg device 721 is exposed. At this time, as shown in FIG. 39B, an image of light emitted from the seg device 721 toward the periphery may be displayed by the display device 41. Subsequently, the board effect motor / SOL control circuit 334 drives the first vertical movement mechanism 725 and the second vertical movement mechanism 726 simultaneously. Then, the seg device 721 moves downward. The light image displayed on the display device 41 also moves in accordance with the movement of the segment device 721. From the player's perspective, it appears that the shutter decoration members 722b1 and 722c1 that this series of operations is like a container breaks, and the seg device 721 falls from the inside. The seg device 721 stops when it reaches the vicinity of the center of the display unit, that is, the position shown in FIG. 20B, and at this time, as shown in FIG. A display game may be played. During this time, the light emission of the seg device 721 can be more emphasized by the image of light that illuminates the periphery of the seg display unit 7211 displayed on the display device 41.

また、側方入光表示装置730の表示制御およびセグ装置721の表示制御は適宜変更可能である。例えば、通常状態Uのときは、図40(a)に示すように、側方入光表示装置730およびセグ装置721の表示制御は行わずに、表示装置41において特図変動表示ゲームを行う。そして、大当たり終了後所定回数(例えば40回)の特図変動表示ゲームが消化される間のみ高確率状態となる遊技機10において、当該高確率状態の間は、図40(b)に示すように、導光板731の第1〜第4の表示領域H1,H2,H3,H4をそれぞれ順番(例えば時計周り)に発光表示するようにして最終的に第2表示領域H2にて○印が表示された状態で発光表示が終了した場合、特図変動表示ゲームの結果が大当たりとなる遊技制御を行うようにしても良い。その他、大当たり終了時に導光板731の第1〜第4の表示領域H1,H2,H3,H4をそれぞれ順番(例えば時計周り)に発光表示するようにして最終的に第2表示領域H2にて○印が表示された状態で発光表示が終了した場合、大当たり終了後に高確率状態に移行するような遊技制御を行うようにしても良い。また、図40(c)に示すように、電サポ中は、セグ装置721を表示装置41の表示部の前面に移動させ、当該セグ装置721のセグ表示部7211にて特図変動表示ゲームを行うようにしても良い。そして、当該特図変動表示ゲームにて大当りが発生した場合、図41に示すように、セグ表示部7211の周囲を装飾する演出表示を表示装置41にて行うようにしても良い。   Further, the display control of the side light incident display device 730 and the display control of the seg device 721 can be appropriately changed. For example, in the normal state U, as shown in FIG. 40 (a), the display control of the side light incident display device 730 and the seg device 721 is not performed, and a special figure variation display game is performed on the display device 41. Then, in the gaming machine 10 that is in a high probability state only while the special figure variation display game is exhausted a predetermined number of times (for example, 40 times) after the jackpot is ended, as shown in FIG. 40B during the high probability state. In addition, the first to fourth display areas H1, H2, H3, and H4 of the light guide plate 731 are each displayed in order (for example, clockwise) so that a circle mark is finally displayed in the second display area H2. When the light emission display is completed in the played state, the game control may be performed so that the result of the special figure variation display game is a big hit. In addition, the first to fourth display areas H1, H2, H3, and H4 of the light guide plate 731 are displayed in order (for example, clockwise) at the end of the jackpot, and finally the second display area H2 When the light emission display is completed in a state where the mark is displayed, game control may be performed such that the game shifts to a high probability state after the jackpot ends. In addition, as shown in FIG. 40C, during the electric support, the seg device 721 is moved to the front surface of the display unit of the display device 41, and the special figure variation display game is played on the seg display unit 7211 of the seg device 721. You may make it do. Then, when a big hit occurs in the special figure variation display game, as shown in FIG. 41, an effect display for decorating the periphery of the segment display unit 7211 may be performed on the display device 41.

また、図42(a)に示すように、上記同様、通常状態Uでは、側方入光表示装置730およびセグ装置721の表示制御は行わずに、表示装置41において特図変動表示ゲームを行う。そして、高確率状態Dでは、例えば、図42(b)に示すような演出を行うことも可能である。具体的には、第1上下動機構725及び第2上下動機構726の構成を、セグ装置721がセンターケース40の窓部40aの下部に達するまで下降できるように変更する。そして、特図変動表示ゲームを主にセグ装置721で行い、ぞろ目などの特殊な表示がなされたときに、その表示を表示装置41の表示領域下部に表示し、表示領域中央部へとその表示を上昇させる、といった表示装置41とセグ装置721の組み合わせ演出も可能である。   As shown in FIG. 42 (a), in the normal state U, the display control of the side light incident display device 730 and the seg device 721 is not performed in the normal state U, and a special figure variation display game is performed on the display device 41. . In the high probability state D, for example, it is possible to produce an effect as shown in FIG. Specifically, the configuration of the first vertical movement mechanism 725 and the second vertical movement mechanism 726 is changed so that the segment device 721 can be lowered until it reaches the lower part of the window 40 a of the center case 40. Then, the special figure variation display game is mainly performed by the segment device 721, and when a special display such as a gaze is made, the display is displayed at the lower part of the display area of the display device 41, and is moved to the center of the display area. A combined effect of the display device 41 and the segment device 721 such as raising the display is also possible.

また、本発明の遊技機は、遊技機として、前記実施の形態に示されるようなパチンコ遊技機に限られるものではなく、例えば、その他のパチンコ遊技機、アレンジボール遊技機、雀球遊技機などの遊技球を使用する全ての遊技機に適用可能である。   Further, the gaming machine of the present invention is not limited to the pachinko gaming machine as shown in the above embodiment as a gaming machine, for example, other pachinko gaming machines, arrange ball gaming machines, sparrow ball gaming machines, etc. It can be applied to all gaming machines that use this game ball.

10 遊技機
300 演出制御装置
700 役物装置
720 役物ベース装置
720a 開口部
720b 配線導出部
720c 配線可動領域
721 セグ装置(可動装置)
7211 セグ表示部
7215 配線挿通口(接続部)
7216 配線誘導部
721a セグ装置ベース部材
721c セグ基板
721c3 セグ用配線
721d リフレクタ
721e 拡散シート
721f セグレンズ
722 シャッター装置
725 第1上下動機構
726 第2上下動機構
727 下部前面カバー部材
750 フレーム
750e 外側起立壁(第1の起立壁)
750e1 湾曲部750f 軸側起立壁(第2の起立壁) 750e1 Curved part 750f Shaft side upright wall (second upright wall)
750g 配線軸部10 gaming machine 300 presentation control device 700 accessory device 720 accessory base device 720a opening 720b wiring lead-out portion 720c wiring movable region 721 seg device (movable device) 750g Wiring shaft part 10 gaming machine 300 presentation control device 700 accessory device 720 accessory base device 720a opening 720b wiring lead-out portion 720c wiring movable region 721 seg device (movable device)
7211 Seg display part 7215 Wiring insertion port (connection part) 7211 Seg display part 7215 Wiring insertion port (connection part)
7216 Wiring guiding portion 721a Seg device base member 721c Seg substrate 721c3 Seg wiring 721d Reflector 721e Diffusion sheet 721f Seg lens 722 Shutter device 725 First vertical movement mechanism 726 Second vertical movement mechanism 727 Lower front cover member 750 Frame 750e Outer standing wall ( First standing wall) 7216 Wiring guiding portion 721a Seg device base member 721c Seg substrate 721c3 Seg wiring 721d Reflector 721e Diffusion sheet 721f Seg lens 722 Shutter device 725 First vertical movement mechanism 726 Second vertical movement mechanism 727 Lower front cover member 750 Frame 750e Outer standing wall (First standing) wall)
750e1 curved portion 750f shaft-side standing wall (second standing wall) 750e1 curved portion 750f shaft-side standing wall (second standing wall)
750g Wiring shaft 750g Wiring shaft

Claims (4)

  1. 前面に遊技領域を備える遊技盤と、
    前記遊技盤に取り付けられる役物装置と、を有する遊技機において、
    前記役物装置は、
    前記遊技盤に取り付けられるフレームと、
    電気部品を有し、第1の位置と第2の位置との間を前記フレームに対して移動可能に設けられる可動装置と、
    前記可動装置にその一端が接続される配線と、
    前記第1の位置における前記可動装置と前記配線との接続部と、前記第2の位置における前記接続部とから略等距離となる位置に設けられ、前記配線を前記フレームの外側へと導出する配線導出部と、
    前記可動装置の移動に伴う前記配線の移動を所定範囲に規制する規制部と、を備え
    前記配線導出部は、
    前記フレームに立設され、前記可動装置から遠い側に位置する第1の起立壁と、前記可動装置から近い側に位置する第2の起立壁とを有し、 It has a first upright wall that is erected on the frame and is located on the side far from the movable device, and a second upright wall that is located on the side close to the movable device.
    前記第1の起立壁の少なくとも一部と前記第2の起立壁の少なくとも一部とが所定間隔をおいて前記可動装置の移動方向に沿って対向する部位が生じるように前記第1の起立壁と前記第2の起立壁とを配置したことを特徴とする遊技機。 The first upright wall so that at least a part of the first upright wall and at least a part of the second upright wall face each other along the moving direction of the movable device at a predetermined interval. A game machine characterized by arranging the second upright wall and the second upright wall . A game board with a game area on the front, A game board with a game area on the front,
    In a gaming machine having an accessory device attached to the gaming board, In a gaming machine having an accessory device attached to the gaming board,
    The accessory device is: The accessory device is:
    A frame attached to the game board; A frame attached to the game board;
    A movable device having electrical parts and provided to be movable with respect to the frame between a first position and a second position; A movable device having electrical parts and provided to be movable with respect to the frame between a first position and a second position;
    Wiring connected at one end to the movable device; Wiring connected at one end to the movable device;
    Provided at a position that is approximately equidistant from the connecting portion between the movable device and the wiring at the first position and the connecting portion at the second position, and leads the wiring to the outside of the frame. A wiring derivation unit; Provided at a position that is approximately equidistant from the connecting portion between the movable device and the wiring at the first position and the connecting portion at the second position, and leads the wiring to the outside of the frame. A wiring derivation unit;
    A regulation unit that regulates the movement of the wiring with the movement of the movable device to a predetermined range , A regulation unit that regulates the movement of the wiring with the movement of the movable device to a predetermined range ,
    The wiring derivation unit is The wiring derivation unit is
    A first standing wall standing on the frame and located on a side far from the movable device; and a second standing wall located on a side near the movable device; A first standing wall standing on the frame and located on a side far from the movable device; and a second standing wall located on a side near the movable device;
    The first upright wall such that at least a part of the first upright wall and at least a part of the second upright wall are opposed to each other along a moving direction of the movable device at a predetermined interval. And a second upright wall . The first upright wall such that at least a part of the first upright wall and at least a part of the second upright wall are opposed to each other along a moving direction of the movable device at a predetermined interval. And a second upright wall .
  2. 前記第1の起立壁は、前記可動装置が配置されている側へ湾曲した湾曲部を有し、
    前記役物装置は、前記可動装置を移動させるための電気的駆動源を更に備え、
    前記電気的駆動源は、前記第1の起立壁の湾曲部に前記第1の起立壁をガイドにして配置され、前記フレームに固定されていることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の遊技機。
    The first upright wall has a curved portion curved toward the side where the movable device is disposed,
    The accessory device further includes an electric drive source for moving the movable device,
    2. The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the electrical drive source is disposed on a curved portion of the first standing wall with the first standing wall as a guide and is fixed to the frame. .
  3. 前記電気的駆動源は、前記第1の起立壁の前記可動装置が配置されている側と反対の側に固定され、
    前記電気部品からの配線と前記電気的駆動源からの配線とが前記第1の起立壁によって隔てられていることを特徴とする請求項に記載の遊技機。
    The electrical drive source is fixed to a side of the first standing wall opposite to the side on which the movable device is disposed;
    The gaming machine according to claim 2 , wherein a wiring from the electrical component and a wiring from the electrical drive source are separated by the first standing wall .
  4. 前記接続部に、前記可動装置の移動によって前記配線が前記接続部を中心として回動する範囲を規制する配線誘導部を備えたことを特徴とする請求項3に記載の遊技機。 The gaming machine according to claim 3, wherein the connection portion includes a wiring guide portion that restricts a range in which the wiring rotates around the connection portion by movement of the movable device .
JP2010004752A 2010-01-13 2010-01-13 Game machine Active JP5167289B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010004752A JP5167289B2 (en) 2010-01-13 2010-01-13 Game machine

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010004752A JP5167289B2 (en) 2010-01-13 2010-01-13 Game machine

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2011142986A JP2011142986A (en) 2011-07-28
JP5167289B2 true JP5167289B2 (en) 2013-03-21

Family

ID=44458375

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2010004752A Active JP5167289B2 (en) 2010-01-13 2010-01-13 Game machine

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5167289B2 (en)

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5347004B2 (en) * 2011-10-07 2013-11-20 京楽産業.株式会社 Game machine
JP5492250B2 (en) * 2012-05-18 2014-05-14 京楽産業.株式会社 Game machine
JP6019526B2 (en) * 2012-05-29 2016-11-02 豊丸産業株式会社 Game machine
JP6006018B2 (en) * 2012-06-25 2016-10-12 株式会社平和 Game machine
JP5406352B1 (en) * 2012-09-24 2014-02-05 株式会社サンセイアールアンドディ Game machine
JP6095448B2 (en) * 2013-03-29 2017-03-15 株式会社平和 Game machine
JP2014217630A (en) * 2013-05-09 2014-11-20 株式会社三共 Game machine
JP5976072B2 (en) * 2014-10-30 2016-08-23 株式会社大都技研 Amusement stand
JP6127175B2 (en) * 2016-04-05 2017-05-10 株式会社平和 Game machine
JP6334624B2 (en) * 2016-09-01 2018-05-30 京楽産業.株式会社 Game machine
JP6337932B2 (en) * 2016-09-15 2018-06-06 豊丸産業株式会社 Game machine
JP2016221397A (en) * 2016-10-06 2016-12-28 京楽産業.株式会社 Game machine
JP2017124239A (en) * 2017-04-10 2017-07-20 株式会社平和 Game machine

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000107377A (en) * 1998-10-08 2000-04-18 Daiichi Shokai Co Ltd Pinball game machine
JP4068522B2 (en) * 2003-08-11 2008-03-26 株式会社エース電研 Game machine
JP5213480B2 (en) * 2008-02-29 2013-06-19 株式会社ニューギン Game machine
JP5503119B2 (en) * 2008-06-18 2014-05-28 株式会社三共 Game machine
JP2010017397A (en) * 2008-07-11 2010-01-28 Nippon Pachinko Buhin Kk Wiring processing structure for game machine, and game machine including the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2011142986A (en) 2011-07-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5680019B2 (en) Game machine
JP5608904B2 (en) Game machine
JP2011172749A (en) Game machine
JP5786173B2 (en) Game machine
JP2011115329A (en) Game machine
JP5633009B2 (en) Game machine
JP5572824B2 (en) Game machine
JP5483605B2 (en) Game machine
JP5694034B2 (en) Game machine
JP2012100707A (en) Gaming machine
JP5856914B2 (en) Game machine
JP5444140B2 (en) Game machine
JP2011244898A (en) Game machine
JP2009183528A (en) Slot machine
EP1560178A1 (en) Gaming machine
JPH11104312A (en) Game machine
JP5223099B2 (en) Game machine
JP2005006825A (en) Pinball game machine
JP6040405B2 (en) Game machine
JP5836456B2 (en) Game machine
JP2013000144A (en) Game machine
JP2018000361A (en) Game machine
JP5229824B2 (en) Amusement stand
JP2012055436A (en) Pachinko game machine
JP5082077B2 (en) Game machine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
RD02 Notification of acceptance of power of attorney

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A7422

Effective date: 20110629

A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20110629

A977 Report on retrieval

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971007

Effective date: 20120928

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20121002

A521 Written amendment

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20121128

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20121218

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20121221

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 5167289

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

FPAY Renewal fee payment (event date is renewal date of database)

Free format text: PAYMENT UNTIL: 20151228

Year of fee payment: 3

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250